More annual reports from First Western Financial:
2023 Report2019 Annual Report Cover Art: Sushe Felix, Valley Road (detail), acrylic on panel First Western Financial private collection To Our Shareholders: We are very pleased to report our financial results for 2019, which reflect a strong year of execution on our strategies for generating profitable growth. For the full year, our net income (excluding goodwill impairment) increased 63% over 2018, while EPS (excluding goodwill impairment) was up over 83%. This improvement in profitability was driven by strong balance sheet growth – as both total gross loans and total deposits increased by more than 15% - higher non-interest income driven by the growth in our mortgage business, improved efficiencies as we scale the business, and a continuation of our exceptional credit quality. Entering 2019, we were optimistic that we were well positioned to accelerate the growth of the Company. The optimism we had was well founded, as we saw very positive results from the investments we had made in the business. As the business development officers that we added in 2017 and 2018 gained more experience with the First Western platform and value proposition, we saw increasing momentum in new client acquisition activity. In addition to the growth in loans and deposits, we also saw very strong growth in our assets under management, which increased 18% to more than $6 billion in 2019. For the year, we added more than $300 million in new client assets, which far exceeded the outflows from client departures. Our organic growth was driven by a combination of generating higher revenues and earnings in our current locations, opening new offices in attractive markets, and adding new products and services. In 2019, we opened a new Vail Valley location and recruited a team to open a new office in Broomfield, CO. In addition, we continue to add commercial banking capabilities to better support our entrepreneurial clients and attract new business into our current 13 bank and trust locations. Most recently, we began implementing a new commercial banking initiative designed to build expertise that will enable us to target specific vertical markets. The first vertical market that we are targeting is medical and dental practices, and we have hired a leader for this market who is developing commercial banking products and services specific for the unique needs of these businesses. We intend to replicate this same model for other vertical markets as we move forward on this initiative. Shortly into the new year, we had an attractive opportunity to supplement our strong organic growth with the acquisition of three branches and one loan production office in the Denver area from Simmons Bank. This transaction will enable us to deepen our presence in our core Denver market in a way that will be immediately accretive to earnings. We will be adding an attractive mix of commercial clients, experienced banking talent, and additional scale that will improve our operating leverage and further enhance efficiencies in the Company. As we look forward, we see a number of catalysts that we expect to continue our strong momentum: organic growth in our current offices; the acquisition from Simmons Bank; increasing contributions from newer markets such as Aspen, Jackson Hole, Vail Valley and Broomfield, CO; and greater core deposit gathering, loan production, and new client opportunities for our investment management business resulting from our commercial banking initiative. In combination with continued strong execution throughout the rest of the Company, we believe that these catalysts will lead to further revenue and earnings growth that will enhance the value of the First Western franchise in the future. Sincerely, Scott Wylie Chairman, President and CEO UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K ☒ ☐ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 OR TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM_____ TO _____ Commission File Number 001-38595 First Western Financial, Inc. (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter) Colorado ( State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 1900 16th Street, Suite 1200 Denver, CO (Address of principal executive offices) 37-1442266 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 80202 (Zip Code) Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 303.531.8100 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Common Stock, no par value Trading Symbol MYFW Name of each exchange on which registered The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: common stock, no par value; common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐ NO ☒ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐ NO ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒ NO ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). YES ☒ NO ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer Emerging growth company ☐ ☐ ☒ Accelerated filer Smaller reporting company ☒ ☒ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES ☐ NO ☒ As of June 30, 2019, the last day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the Registrant’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, was approximately $87.1 million. The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 9, 2020 was 7,917,489. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. Such Definitive Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC. TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of Contents Business Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosures Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Selected Financial Data Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Controls and Procedures Other Information Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Principal Accounting Fees and Services Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules Form 10-K Summary Signatures PART I Item 1. Item 1A. Item 1B. Item 2. Item 3. Item 4. PART II Item 5. Item 6. Item 7. Item 7A. Item 8. Item 9. Item 9A. Item 9B. PART III Item 10. Item 11. Item 12. Item 13. Item 14. PART IV Item 15. Item 16. Page 5 29 51 51 52 52 52 54 60 82 84 85 85 85 86 86 86 86 86 87 89 89 Important Notice about Information in this Annual Report Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to "we," "our," "us," "the Company" and "First Western" refer to First Western Financial, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including First Western Trust Bank, which we sometimes refer to as "the Bank" or "our Bank." The information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is accurate only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and as of the dates specified herein. CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as "may," "should," "could," "predict," "potential," "believe," "will likely result," "expect," "continue," "will," "anticipate," "seek," "estimate," "intend," "plan," "projection," "would" and "outlook," or the negative version of those words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward- looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, management’s beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Accordingly, we caution you that any such forward- looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. When considering forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements described in "Item 1A – Risk Factors" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. There are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, the following: geographic concentration in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming and California; changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity; our ability to continue to originate residential real estate loans and sell such loans; risks specific to commercial loans and borrowers; claims and litigation pertaining to our fiduciary responsibilities; competition for investment managers and professionals and our ability to retain our associates; fluctuation in the value of our investment securities; the terminable nature of our investment management contracts; changes to the level or type of investment activity by our clients; investment performance, in either relative or absolute terms; changes in interest rates; the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses; weak economic conditions and global trade; legislative changes or the adoption of tax reform policies; external business disruptors in the financial services industry; liquidity risks; our ability to maintain a strong core deposit base or other low-cost funding sources; continued positive interaction with and financial health of our referral sources; 3 retaining our largest trust clients; our ability to achieve our strategic objectives; competition from other banks, financial institutions and wealth and investment management firms; our ability to implement our internal growth strategy and manage the risks associated with our anticipated growth; the acquisition of other banks and financial services companies and integration risks and other unknown risks associated with acquisitions; the accuracy of estimates and assumptions; our ability to protect against and manage fraudulent activity, breaches of our information security, and cybersecurity attacks; our reliance on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology and related services from third-party service providers; technological change; our ability to attract and retain clients; unforeseen or catastrophic events, including the emergence of a pandemic, terrorist attacks, extreme weather events or other natural disasters; new lines of business or new products and services; regulation of the financial services industry; legal and regulatory proceedings, investigations and inquiries, fines and sanctions; limited trading volume and liquidity in the market for our common stock; fluctuations in the market price of our common stock; potential impairment of goodwill recorded on our balance sheet and possible requirements to recognize significant charges to earnings due to impairment of intangible assets; actual or anticipated issuances or sales of our common stock or preferred stock in the future; the initiation and continuation of securities analysts coverage of the Company; future issuances of debt securities; our ability to manage our existing and future indebtedness; available cash flows from the Bank; and other factors that are discussed in "Part I – Item 1A - Risk Factors." The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially 4 from what we anticipate. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. PART I Item 1: Business Our Company First Western Financial, Inc. is a financial holding company headquartered in Denver, Colorado. We provide a fully integrated suite of wealth management services on our private trust bank platform, which includes a comprehensive selection of deposit, loan, trust, wealth planning and investment management products and services. We believe our integrated business model distinguishes us from other banks and non-bank financial services companies in the markets in which we operate. As of December 31, 2019, we provided fiduciary and advisory services on $6.2 billion of trust and investment management assets (referred to as "AUM"), and we had total assets of $1.3 billion, total loans of $998.0 million, total deposits of $1.1 billion and total shareholders’ equity of $127.7 million. Our mission is to be the best private bank for the Western wealth management client. We believe that the "Western wealth management client" shares our entrepreneurial spirit and values our sophisticated, high-touch wealth management services that are tailored to meet their specific needs. Our target clients include successful entrepreneurs, professionals and other high net worth individuals or families, along with their businesses and philanthropic organizations. We offer our services through a branded network of boutique private trust bank offices, which we believe are strategically located in affluent and high-growth markets in fourteen locations across Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming and California. We generate a significant portion of our revenues from non-interest income, which we produce primarily from our trust, investment management and other advisory services as well as through the origination and sale of mortgage loans. The balance of our revenue is generated from net interest income, which we derive from our traditional banking products and services. For the year ended December 31, 2019, adjusted non-interest income was $32.3 million, or 50.2% of gross revenue (which is our total income before non-interest expense, less net gains on sale of securities, less net gain on sale of assets, plus provision for loan losses), and net interest income was $32.1 million, or 49.8% of gross revenue. We believe that we have developed a unique approach to private banking to best serve our Western wealth management clients primarily as a result of the combination of the following factors: Offering sophisticated wealth management products and services, including traditional banking as well as trust, wealth planning, investment management and other related services often provided by larger financial institutions with the high-touch and personalized experience that is typically associated with community and trust banks; Delivering services through our strategically located private trust bank offices, which we refer to internally as "profit centers"; and Using our relationship-based team approach to become a "trusted advisor" to our clients by understanding their investment management, ultimate goals and banking needs and tailoring our products and services to meet those needs. Our Initial Public Offering We completed an initial public offering of our common stock on July 23, 2018. Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "MYFW." 5 Our History and Growth We were founded in 2002 by our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Scott C. Wylie, and a group of local business leaders with the vision of building the best private bank for the Western wealth management client. Since opening our first profit center in Denver, Colorado in 2004, we have grown organically primarily by establishing fourteen offices, attracting new clients and expanding our relationships with existing clients, as well as through a series of ten strategic acquisitions of various trust, registered investment advisory and other financial services firms. Balance Sheet Growth Since December 31, 2017, we have increased gross loans from $813.7 million to $998.0 million at December 31, 2019, representing a compound annual growth rate or, CAGR of 10.7% and we have increased total deposits from $816.1 million at December 31, 2017 to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2019, representing a CAGR of 15.4%. Revenue, Expense & Pre-Tax, Pre-Provision Income Growth Since the year ended December 31, 2017, we have increased gross revenues from $55.2 million to $64.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, representing a CAGR of 8.0%, while total non-interest expense increased from $49.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $53.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, representing a CAGR of 4.2%. This 187.4% operating leverage (which we calculate as the ratio of gross revenue CAGR to total non-interest expense CAGR) has resulted in improved pre-tax, pre-provision income, which increased 0.9 times over the same time period. For 2019, gross revenues grew $6.5 million, or 11.3%, while non-interest expense grew $3.6 million, a 7.2% increase, resulting in a 2019 operating leverage of 158.2%. We have demonstrated significant operating leverage by growing pre-tax, pre-provision income at a faster rate than expenses. Pre-tax, pre-provision income is a non-GAAP measure. The nearest GAAP measure is income before income tax, which was $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. See "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures." Pre-tax, pre-provision income increased from $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as indicated in the following chart. 6 Our Business Strategy We believe we have built a premier private trust bank in the Western United States that is focused on providing the best financial solutions to our clients. We are service-driven, solution-oriented and relationship-based. We (intend to) accomplish this by continuing to execute on the following strategies: Building Out Existing Markets. Once we have established a presence in a particular geographic market that contains attractive high net worth household demographics, we then look to establish additional locations that are closely situated to sub-concentrations of affluent households and/or commercial activity (a "hub and spoke" market build-out, as we have commenced in Denver and Phoenix). We continue to seek out talent to hire as part of our strategy of building out existing markets and were successful in hiring teams in 2019 that help us accomplish this goal. We also seek to employ highly capable associates with local market experience and relationships. Deepening Existing Client Relationships. We deliver our services though our fourteen local boutique private trust bank offices. This allows us to use multi-discipline sales and client service teams, in-market, to ensure we are meeting each client’s comprehensive set of needs. These teams take the time to understand the complexities of our clients’ financial world through wealth planning solutions and create the financial plan that helps them reach their goals. This profit center-based service model is a critical component of our future growth as we continue to develop our understanding of our clients’ evolving needs, allowing us to deepen, broaden and grow our existing relationships. Generating Referrals for New Client Relationships. We believe we have demonstrated a successful sales and marketing capability, built around the personal and professional networks and centers of influence of our local profit center leadership. Our existing client base has historically provided a significant amount of new clients through referrals. In surveys, our clients generally rate us very favorably overall in areas of professionalism, reliability, service-orientation, and trust. We have added wealth advisors in each of our profit centers as commissioned sales associates to enhance our acquisition of new clients. Developing Client Relationships through our Product Groups. Each profit center is designed to feel like a boutique private trust bank office and is staffed with business development and client service personnel. The profit centers work closely with our central product groups to customize our services to each client’s specific situation, without sacrificing the flexibility, expertise and authority to quickly meet complex client needs. Our central product groups are designed to support a significantly larger client and AUM base, providing an opportunity for significant operating leverage as we open additional profit centers. We have sales and service specialists in our product groups, such as Retirement Services and Mortgage Services, who are able to build relationships within their area of expertise and provide expertise and high quality service that creates an opportunity for a broader relationship across our suite of products and services. Expanding to New Markets. We believe that our profit centers are profitable and stable businesses when mature. We also believe that our product group and support center teams have a high degree of operating 7 leverage (i.e., we believe that increasing the number of profit centers would not require a proportionate increase in our product group or support center expenses). Therefore, a key strategy of ours is to add incremental profit centers and grow them to maturity. We continue to seek out talent to hire as part of our strategy of building out existing markets and were successful in hiring teams in 2019 that help us accomplish this goal. In 2019, we hired a Market President to focus on building our presence in the Broomfield community, which has similar demographics to a number of our markets and is geographically located halfway between our downtown Denver market and our Boulder market. In addition, to the Broomfield expansion noted above, we opened a new location in the Vail Valley in 2019, built around a team of longtime Vail bankers. The trends in the financial services industry that make our business model successful in our existing geographic markets also exist in other locations in the Western United States. Our analysis indicates that there are hundreds of markets and submarkets in the Western United States that could support our profit centers and fit our target demographics. As such, we intend to continue to explore new Western United States markets with favorable high net worth demographics and competitive marketplaces. Growing our Core Deposit Franchise. The strength of our deposit franchise is derived from the long- standing relationships we have with our clients and the strong ties we have to the markets we serve. Our deposit footprint has provided, and we believe will continue to provide, primary support for our loan growth. A key part of our strategy is to continue to enhance our funding sources by continuing to build our private and commercial banking capabilities to keep building our base of attractively priced core deposits. Attracting Talent. Our team of seasoned associates has been, and will continue to be, an important driver of our organic growth by further developing relationships with current and potential clients. We have a record of hiring experienced associates to enhance our organic growth, and sourcing and hiring talent will continue to be a core focus for us. We believe that our client service model, financial strength, growth strategy and public company status will further enhance our ability to attract and retain this talent. Developing New Products. We seek to be the primary source of financial products and services for our clients. By continuing to expand our product offerings—either by internal product development or establishing third-party relationships—we work to meet expanding client needs while further diversifying our revenue streams. This includes our recent efforts to upgrade our commercial banking capabilities, adding market expertise in certain business verticals. Our Service Model and Products We deliver a broad array of wealth management products and services through our profit centers using our proprietary ConnectView® approach, which looks holistically across a client’s current and projected financial situation. We believe providing financial solutions in one area (such as estate, retirement planning or lending) often impacts other areas of our clients’ wealth planning (such as risk or balance sheet management), which provides us opportunities to evaluate proposed solutions across multiple business lines and offer additional services to our clients. We have designed our business around having each profit center staffed with seasoned management. Typically, each profit center team is led by a president, who is a senior investment advisor or banker with strong client relationships and sales and leadership skills. The local team includes deposit, loan, trust, wealth planning, and related professionals, creating a strong interdisciplinary sales and service team. In addition to this service team, we recently added wealth advisors as a commissioned sales force to several profit centers to enhance our acquisition of new clients. We provide a broad array of products and services through our boutique private trust bank offices, largely comprised of the products and services described below. Lending General. Through our relationship-oriented private bank lending approach, our strategy is to offer a broad range of customized consumer and commercial lending products for the personal investment and business needs of our clients. Our clients are typically well diversified and the purpose for their loan and liquidity needs often does not correlate to the collateral used to secure the loan. 8 Our commercial lending products include commercial loans, business term loans and lines of credit to a diversified mix of small and midsized businesses. We offer both owner occupied and non-owner occupied commercial real estate ("CRE") loans, as well as construction loans. Our consumer lending products include residential first mortgage loans, originated loans for our own portfolio, as well as those for which we conduct mortgage banking activities whereby we originate and sell, servicing-released, whole loans in the secondary market. Our mortgage banking loan sales activities are primarily directed at originating single family mortgages, which generally conform to Fannie Mae guidelines and are delivered to the investor shortly after funding. Additionally, we offer installment loans and lines of credit, typically to facilitate investment opportunities for consumer clients whose financial characteristics support the request. We also provide clients and prospects loans collateralized by cash and marketable securities. We employ experienced banking and business development teams who provide superior client service, value-add lending solutions and competitive pricing to market our lending products and services. As of December 31, 2019, gross loans were $998.0 million, an increase of $104.0 million, or 11.6%, compared to $894.0 million as of December 31, 2018. These increases were primarily due to our continued organic growth in our market areas and in the commercial and residential mortgage segments of our loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2019, our loan portfolio contained a balanced and diverse mix of loans, as shown below: Our loan portfolio includes commercial and industrial loans, residential real estate loans, commercial real estate loans and other consumer loans. The principal risk associated with each category of loans we make is the creditworthiness of the borrower. Borrower creditworthiness is affected by general economic conditions and the attributes of the borrower and the borrower’s market or industry. We underwrite for strong cash flow, multiple sources of repayment, adequate collateral, borrower experience and backup guarantors. Attributes of the relevant business market or industry include the competitive environment, client and supplier availability, the threat of substitutes and barriers to entry and exit. 1-4 Family Residential. Our 1-4 family residential loan portfolio consists of loans and home equity lines of credit secured by 1-4 family residential properties. These loans typically enable borrowers to purchase or refinance existing homes, most of which serve as the primary residence of the owner. In addition, some borrowers secure a commercial purpose loan with 1-4 family residential properties. At December 31, 2019, 1-4 family residential loans were $400.1 million, or 40.2% of our total loan portfolio, consisting of $93.9 million and $306.2 million of fixed-rate and adjustable- rate loans, respectively. While we typically originate loans with adjustable rates and maturities up to 30 years, as of December 31, 2019, the average term on our 1-4 family portfolio was 15.5 years with an average remaining term of 18.9 9 years. Such loans typically remain outstanding for substantially shorter periods because borrowers often prepay their loans in full either upon sale of the property pledged as security or upon refinancing the original loan. Commercial loans secured by 1-4 family residential real estate are dependent on the strength of the local economy, and local residential and commercial real estate markets. Borrower demand for adjustable-rate compared to fixed-rate loans is a function of the level of interest rates, the expectations of changes in the level of interest rates, and the difference between the interest rates and loans fees offered for fixed-rate mortgage loans as compared to the interest-rates and loans fees for adjustable rate loans. The loan fees, interest rates, and other provisions of mortgage loans are determined by us on the basis of our own pricing criteria and competitive market conditions. The loans are secured by the real estate, and appraisals are obtained to support the loan amount at origination. Loans collateralized by 1-4 family residential real estate generally are originated in amounts of no more than 80% of appraised value. Generally, our loans conform to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac underwriting guidelines and conform to internal policies for debt-to-income or free cash flow levels. We retain a valid lien on real estate, obtain a title insurance policy that insures that the property is free from encumbrances and require hazard insurance. Our focus for mortgage lending is to originate high-quality loans to drive growth in our mortgage loan portfolio. Our mortgage strategy includes attracting new loan clients with our mortgage loan products and services, which we believe will provide an opportunity for our profit centers to bring in well-qualified prospects, and to cross-sell other products and services to clients. We believe that cross-selling enables us to generate additional revenues, increase client retention, and provide products that benefit our clients. We have developed a scalable platform, including loan processing, underwriting and closings, for both secondary sales and origination of 1-4 family residential mortgages maintained in our portfolio and believe we have significant opportunities to grow this business. Cash, Securities and Other. Our cash, securities and other loan portfolio consists of consumer and commercial purpose loans that are primarily secured by securities managed and under custody with us, cash on deposit with us or life insurance policies. In addition, loans in this portfolio are collateralized with other sources of consumer collateral, which typically leaves an immaterial amount of the loan balance unsecured. At December 31, 2019, loans secured with cash, marketable securities and other were $146.7 million, or 14.7% of our total loan portfolio. This segment of our portfolio is affected by a variety of local and national economic factors affecting borrowers’ employment prospects, income levels, and overall economic sentiment. Commercial and Industrial (C&I). We make commercial and industrial loans, including working capital lines of credit, permanent working capital term loans, business asset loans, acquisition, expansion and development loans, and other loan products, primarily in our target markets. These loans are underwritten on the basis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income, with maturities tied to the underlying life of the collateral. We generally take a lien on all business assets, including, among other things, available real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment and generally obtain a personal guaranty of the principal(s). Our commercial and industrial loans generally have variable interest rates and terms that typically range from one to five years. Fixed-rate commercial and industrial loan maturities are generally short-term, with three- to five-year maturities, including periodic interest rate resets. At December 31, 2019, commercial and industrial loans were $128.5 million, or 12.9% of our total loan portfolio. The average maturity on our commercial and industrial portfolio was three years with an average remaining term of one year. This portfolio primarily consists of term loans and lines of credit which are mostly dependent on the strength of the industries of the related borrowers and the success of their businesses. Commercial Real Estate, Owner Occupied and Non-Owner Occupied. We make commercial loans collateralized by real estate. These loans may be collateralized by owner occupied or non-owner occupied real estate, as well as multi- family residential real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. We require our commercial real estate loans to be secured by well-managed property with adequate margins and generally obtain a guaranty from responsible parties who have outside cash flows, experience and/or other assets. Our commercial real estate loans are generally secured by properties used for business purposes such as office buildings, industrial facilities and retail facilities. Loan amounts generally do not exceed 80% or 75% of the property’s appraised value for owner occupied and non-owner occupied respectively. In addition, aggregate debt service ratios, including the guarantor’s cash flow and the borrower’s other projects, are required by policy to have a minimum annual cash flow to debt service ratio of 2.0x. We require independent appraisals or evaluations from a list of approved appraisers 10 on all loans secured by commercial real estate. At December 31, 2019, owner occupied commercial real estate loans were $128.0 million, or 12.8% of our total loan portfolio and non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans were $165.2 million, or 16.6% of our total loan portfolio. These loans are primarily dependent on the strength of the industries of the related borrowers and the success of their businesses. Construction and Development. We make loans to finance the construction of residential and non-residential properties. Construction and development loans are generally collateralized by first liens on real estate and usually have floating interest rates. Our construction and development loans typically have maturities of up to two years depending on factors such as the type and size of the development and the financial strength of the borrower/guarantor, and are typically structured with an interest only construction period. These loans are underwritten to either mature at the completion of construction, or transition to a traditional amortizing commercial real estate facility with the terms and characteristics in line with other commercial real estate loans we hold in our portfolio. At December 31, 2019, construction and development loans were $28.1 million, or 2.8% of our total loan portfolio. Concentrations. Most of our lending activity and credit exposure, including real estate collateral for many of our loans, are concentrated in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming and California, as approximately 92.0% of the loans in our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2019 were made to borrowers who live in or conduct business in those states. Our commercial real estate loans are generally secured by first liens on real property. The remaining commercial and industrial loans are typically secured by general business assets, accounts receivable inventory and/or the corporate guaranty of the borrower and personal guaranty of its principals. The geographic concentration subjects the loan portfolio to the general economic conditions within Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming and California. The risks created by such concentrations have been considered by management in the determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. As of December 31, 2019, management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable losses in our loan portfolio. Sound risk management practices and appropriate levels of capital are essential elements of a sound commercial real estate lending program. Concentrations of commercial real estate exposures add a dimension of risk that compounds the risk inherent in individual loans. Interagency guidance on commercial real estate concentrations describe sound risk management practices which include board and management oversight, portfolio management, management information systems, market analysis, portfolio stress testing and sensitivity analysis, credit underwriting standards, and credit risk review functions. Management believes it has implemented these practices in order to monitor concentrations in commercial real estate in our loan portfolio. Credit Policies and Procedures General. Asset quality and robust underwriting are integral to our strategy and credit culture. We place a considerable emphasis on effective risk management and preserving sound credit underwriting standards as we grow our loan portfolio. Underwriting considerations include collateral, defined sources of repayment, strength of guarantor(s) and opportunities to broaden the relationship with the client. Our credit policy requires key risks be identified and measured, documented and mitigated, to the extent possible, to seek to ensure the soundness of our loan portfolio. Loan Underwriting and Approval. Historically, we believe we have made sound, high quality loans while recognizing that lending money involves a degree of business risk. We have loan policies designed to assist us in managing this business risk. These policies provide a general framework for our loan origination, monitoring and funding activities, while recognizing that not all risks can be anticipated. Our board of directors delegates limited lending authority to individuals and internal loan committees. When the total relationship exceeds an individual’s loan authority, a higher authority or credit committee approval is required. The objective of our approval process is to provide a disciplined, collaborative approach to larger credits while maintaining responsiveness to client needs. Loan decisions are documented as to the borrower’s business, purpose of the loan, evaluation of the repayment source and the associated risks, evaluation of collateral, covenants and monitoring requirements, and the risk rating rationale. Managing credit risk is an enterprise-wide process. Our strategy for credit risk management includes well- defined, central credit policies, uniform underwriting criteria and ongoing risk monitoring and review processes. Our processes emphasize early stage review of loans, regular credit evaluations and management reviews of loans, which supplement the ongoing and proactive credit monitoring and loan servicing provided by our bankers. Our Chief Credit Officer, together with our central underwriting, credit administration and loan operations teams, provides credit oversight. 11 We periodically review all credit risk portfolios to ensure that the risk identification processes are functioning properly and that our credit standards are followed. In addition, a third-party loan review is performed to assist in the identification of problem assets and to confirm our internal risk rating of loans. Our loan policies include other underwriting guidelines for loans collateralized by real estate. These underwriting standards are designed to determine the maximum loan amount that a borrower has the capacity to repay based upon the type of collateral securing the loan and the borrower’s income. Such loan policies include maximum amortization schedules and loan terms for each category of loans collateralized by liens on real estate. In addition, our loan policies provide guidelines for personal guarantees; an environmental review; loans to employees, executive officers and directors; problem loan identification; maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan losses; and other matters relating to lending practices. We believe that an important part of our assessment of client risk is the ongoing completion of periodic risk rating reviews. As part of these reviews, we seek to review the risk rating of each facility within a client relationship and may recommend an upgrade or downgrade to the risk rating. We categorize loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of the borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. We analyze loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk on a quarterly basis. We attempt to identify potential problem loans early in an effort to seek aggressive resolution of these situations before the loans become a loss, record any necessary charge-offs promptly and maintain adequate allowance levels for probable incurred loan losses in the loan portfolio. Lending Limits. Our lending activities are subject to a variety of lending limits imposed by state and federal regulation. The Bank is subject to a legal lending limit on loans to related borrowers based on the Bank’s capital level. The dollar amounts of the Bank’s lending limit increases or decreases as the Bank’s capital increases or decreases. The Bank is able to sell participations in its larger loans to other financial institutions, which allows it to manage the risk involved in these loans and to meet the lending needs of its clients requiring extensions of credit in excess of these limits. Deposits The strength of our deposit franchise is derived from the long-standing relationships we have with our clients and the strong ties we have to the markets we serve. Our deposit footprint has provided, and we believe will continue to provide, primary support for our loan growth. A key part of our strategy is to continue to enhance our funding sources by continuing to build our private and commercial banking capabilities to keep building our base of attractively priced core deposits. We provide a broad range of deposit products and services, including demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, money market accounts, time and savings deposits, certificates of deposit and CDARS® reciprocal products. Other than client deposits obtained through our locations that choose to use the CDARS program, we do not accept brokered deposits as a source of funding. We also offer a range of treasury management products including cash manager and commercial analysis accounts, electronic receivables management, remote deposit capture, cash vault services, merchant services and other cash management services. Deposit flows are significantly influenced by general and local economic conditions, changes in prevailing interest rates, internal pricing decisions and competition. Our deposits are primarily obtained from depositors located in our geographic footprint, and we believe that we have attractive opportunities to capture additional deposits in our markets. In order to attract and retain deposits, we rely on providing quality service, offering a suite of retail and commercial products and services and introducing new products and services that meet our clients’ needs as they evolve. For liquidity purposes the Bank occasionally uses brokered deposits. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 we had brokered deposits of $29.5 million and $104.7 million, respectively. We have experienced banking and business development teams who we believe provide superior client service, creative cash management solutions and competitive pricing to market our depository products and services. As of December 31, 2019, total deposits were $1.1 billion, an increase of $149.0 million, or 15.9%, compared to $937.8 million as of December 31, 2018. 12 As of December 31, 2019, our deposit portfolio contained a balanced and diverse mix of deposits, as shown below: Trust and Investment Management, Advisory We offer sophisticated wealth advisory and planning services including investment management, trusts and estate services, philanthropic services, insurance planning and retirement consulting. Our client relationships frequently include in-depth financial plans which are based on our proprietary ConnectView® approach, and sophisticated, institutional quality investment management that is driven by comprehensive investment policy statements and access to industry- leading money managers. These customized documents wealth plans and investment policy statements—form the roadmap for how we serve each client and monitor our progress in achieving their goals. We have experienced trust officers in several profit centers, plus expert trust and estate attorneys on our central product group team, to provide fiduciary services through our profit centers. These include traditional fiduciary, directed trusts, special needs trusts, and custody services. Most of our investment management business is conducted through the trust department in agency accounts where we are not serving as trustee. We also have experienced portfolio managers and business development teams in our profit centers who provide high-touch, tailored solutions that we believe further exemplify our superior client service. These local teams have personal and professional networks and relationships with centers of influence to market our wealth advisory products and services. As of December 31, 2019, total AUM was $6.2 billion, an increase of $953.0 million, or 18.2%, compared to $5.2 billion as of December 31, 2018. 13 As of December 31, 2019, we provided fiduciary and advisory services on $6.2 billion of trust and investment management assets, as shown below: Our investment management platform combines a broad range of asset and sub asset classes meeting the needs of both taxable and tax-free private client accounts as well as trust investment services. We deliver most of our discretionary money management by allocating client portfolios across a centrally controlled platform of select third-party managers in each asset and sub asset class, including separately managed and comingled options, and with active and passive management strategies. We also have a limited number of proprietary products that we believe further differentiates us from many of our competitors. We believe acting as an investment manager, and not just a manager of managers, has a number of critical benefits for our clients. These include the ability to have our money managers available to meet with clients and prospects, to tailor products and separately managed accounts for our clients, to better educate and inform our client-facing portfolio managers, and to develop new solutions as market conditions and client needs change. We manage proprietary fixed income and equity strategies, including acting as the advisor on our three highly rated First Western mutual funds. By combining internal research and a dedicated team of accredited specialized advisors like Chartered Financial Analysts and Certified Financial Planners with our pairing of proprietary and third-party investment options, we create unique solutions tailored to the specific needs of each of our clients. Other Products In addition to the traditional loan, deposit and trust and investment management products and services, our profit centers are supported by a central team of specialized product experts in our "product groups," which include experienced professionals in commercial banking, investment management, wealth planning, risk management/insurance, personal trust, retirement planning and tax-advantaged products, and mortgage lending. We believe that the sophistication of our product groups rivals the offerings and expertise typically provided by larger financial institutions. Our product groups are led and staffed with highly accredited and well known professionals, each with significant experience in their fields. Beyond traditional banking, trust and wealth management activities, at each profit center we provide other services including: Mortgage Lending. Although our primary objective is to originate loans for our own portfolio, we also conduct mortgage banking activities in which we originate and sell, servicing-released, whole loans in the secondary market. Typically, loans with a fixed interest rate of greater than 10 years are available-for-sale and sold on the secondary market. Our mortgage banking loan sales activities are primarily directed at originating single family mortgages that are priced and underwritten to conform to previously agreed criteria before loan funding and are delivered to the investor shortly after funding. The level of future loan 14 originations, loan sales and loan repayments depends on overall credit availability, the interest rate environment, the strength of the general economy, local real estate markets and the housing industry, and conditions in the secondary loan sale market. The amount of gain or loss on the sale of loans is primarily driven by market conditions and changes in interest rates, as well as our pricing and asset liability management strategies. As of December 31, 2019, we had mortgage loans held for sale of $48.3 million in residential mortgage loans we originated. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we had net proceeds of $616.2 million on mortgage loans that we originated and sold into the secondary market. Treasury Management. We offer a broad range of customized treasury management products and services for commercial accounts, including disbursement and payables management, liquidity management and online business banking services. Our profit center sales and service teams are supported by a central team of treasury management specialists and deposit operations professionals. Risk Management. Through the wealth planning process, our profit center teams are supported by a central team of insurance planning experts, specializing in risk management services, estate tax law, trusts and tax planning. We offer customized solutions in the form of, among others, charitable giving tax strategies, deferred-compensation plans, irrevocable life insurance trusts, long-term care insurance, and executive key person insurance. Retirement Services, including 401(k) Plan Consulting. We have a team of retirement plan consultants who partner with businesses to sponsor retirement plans. We offer creative corporate retirement plan design and analysis solutions and fiduciary liability management, providing tools such as corporate retirement plans, and ERISA regulation compliance, education and expertise. Our profit centers and product groups are also supported centrally by teams providing management services such as operations, risk management, credit administration, technology support, marketing, human capital and accounting/finance services, which we refer to as "support centers." Our associates in our support centers have significant experience in wealth management, investment advisory, and commercial banking, including areas such as lending, underwriting, credit administration, risk management, accounting/finance, operations and information technology. We have structured our teams, services and product offerings to use technology to efficiently provide our clients with a high- touch, solution-oriented experience, that we believe is scalable and provides operating leverage for future growth. To demonstrate how these three groups—profit centers, product groups and support centers—work together to deliver a highly competitive product offering through a team of local professionals, our investment management offering is an example: In each profit center, there are one or more portfolio managers that work as part of that local team’s sales and service delivery. These portfolio managers are typically Certified Financial Planners, and occasionally Chartered Financial Analysts, with experience in wealth planning and portfolio construction. They meet with clients and develop an overall wealth management strategy, specific goals and objectives, an investment policy statement, and an implementation plan. They use our guided architecture, a diverse array of select third-party and proprietary investment products covering a broad range of asset classes as their source for portfolio construction options, asset allocation and products. Sales and marketing support is provided centrally but delivered locally. Our investment platform is controlled by our central investment research group, which has a strong research focus and includes many associates who have Chartered Financial Analyst designations, with oversight by our Chief Investment Officer and our Investment Policy Committee. Operational support for these profit center and product group teams is provided by our central trust and investment management support center team. Investment Activities The primary objectives of our Bank portfolio investment policy are to provide a source of liquidity, to provide an appropriate return on funds invested, to manage interest rate risk, to meet pledging requirements and to meet regulatory 15 capital requirements. As of December 31, 2019, the carrying value of our investment portfolio totaled $58.9 million, with an average yield of 2.4%. Our investment policy outlines investment type limitations, security mix parameters, authorization guidelines and risk management guidelines. The policy authorizes us to invest in a variety of investment securities, subject to various limitations. Our current investment portfolio consists of obligations of the U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies, corporate or sponsored entities, including mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and mutual funds. We are required to maintain an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka ("FHLB Topeka") stock, which investment is based on the level of our FHLB Topeka borrowings. Our board of directors has the overall responsibility for the investment portfolio, including approval of our investment policy. Our Asset and Liability Committee ("ALCO") and management are responsible for implementation of the investment policy and monitoring of our investment performance. Our ALCO and management review the status of our investment portfolio at least ten times per year. Our Markets Our strategic market area is defined by metropolitan areas in the Western United States having strong long-term economic growth prospects, a significant wealth demographic measured by growth in high net worth households, a dynamic commercial business landscape and the ability to sustain one or more of our profit centers. We target households with more than $1.0 million in liquid net worth and their related businesses and philanthropic interests. We believe that the complex and diverse financial needs of this market segment presents an opportunity to serve a broad array of client needs efficiently and cost effectively. Our current operating markets have a high concentration of our targeted client segment and are expected to experience high growth, providing opportunity for continued future organic growth through demographic and market share growth. We seek to expand our presence in our existing markets as well as other Western markets with similar demographic profiles. With improved access to capital as a result of our initial public offering in 2018, we expect to proactively evaluate opportunities to accelerate our organic growth and acquire banks, investment management firms and related businesses, while also seeking to hire talented personnel. We believe consolidation in the financial services industry along with the industry’s movement towards automated and impersonal client service further presents the Company with a unique and significant opportunity. Our business model differentiates us from the industry, which we expect will enable us to increase our market share in existing markets and, on a strategic and opportunistic basis, expand our geographic footprint into new markets in the Western United States that share similar characteristics to our current markets. Information Technology We continue to make investments in our information technology systems as we adapt to the changing technology, online and mobile, and other platform needs and wants of our clients. We believe that this investment is essential to our ability to offer new products and optimize overall client experience, provide opportunities for future growth and acquisitions, and provide a control structure that supports our operations. We leverage the experience of a third-party service provider to provide managed information technology services, enhance our IT security, and deliver the technical expertise around network design and architecture required to operate effectively. The majority of our systems are hosted by third-party service providers. The scalability of this infrastructure supports our growth strategy. In addition, the tested capability of these vendors to switch over to standby systems should allow us to recover our systems, provide redundancy and manage business continuity and resiliency effectively in case of a disaster. Enterprise Risk Management We place significant emphasis on our holistic approach to integrated risk management that provides oversight, control, and discipline to drive continuous improvement. Our governance framework includes a process of anticipating, identifying, assessing, managing and monitoring risks within the organization. We have developed an Enterprise Risk Management ("ERM") Committee that oversees our ERM program. This group contains key members of management including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. In order to carry out the ERM program, we have developed the following objectives to: 16 Integrate ERM practices with our strategy setting process and performance management practices to realize benefits related to value; Improve the Company’s ability to identify risks and establish appropriate responses to reduce costs and limit losses; Identify operational gaps to reduce performance variability; Include business resiliency in strategy setting; Identify interrelated risks within First Western and establish an integrated response; and Assess the positive and negative aspects of risk to address challenges and opportunities within our internal and external environment. We routinely monitor and measure risk throughout the organization to optimize the allocation of resources, preserve capital, and to ensure the attainment and/or protection of strategic goals and business objectives. Competition The financial services industry is highly competitive and we compete in a number of areas, including commercial and consumer banking, residential mortgages, wealth advisory, investment management, trust, and insurance among others. We compete with other bank and nonbank institutions located within our market area, along with competitors situated regionally, nationally or with only an online presence. These include large banks and other financial intermediaries, such as consumer finance companies, brokerage firms, mortgage banking companies, business leasing and finance companies and insurance agencies, as well as major retailers, all actively engaged in providing various types of loans and other financial services. We also face growing competition from online businesses with few or no physical locations, including online banks, lenders and consumer and commercial lending platforms as well as automated retirement and investment services providers. Competition involves efforts to retain current clients, obtain new loan, deposit and advisory services customers, increase the scope and type of services offered, and offer competitive interest rates paid on deposits, charged on loans, or charged for advisory services. We believe our integrated and high-touch service offering, along with our sophisticated relationship-oriented approach sets us apart from our competitors. Associates As of December 31, 2019, we had 255 associates. We provide extensive training to our associates in an effort to ensure that our clients receive superior service and that our risks are well managed. None of our associates are represented by any collective bargaining unit or are parties to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our strong relationships with our associates are central to establishing the corporate culture we need to serve our clients and our communities well. Available Information The Company files reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Electronic copies of our SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of our annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and certain other information filed by the Company with the SEC, as well as amendments thereto, free of charge from the Company’s website, https://myfw.gcs-web.com/investor-relations. These documents are posted to our website after we have filed them with the SEC. Our corporate governance guidelines, including our code of business conduct and ethics applicable to all of our associates, officers and directors, as well as the charters of our audit committee, compensation committee and corporate governance and nominating committee are available at https://myfw.gcs-web.com/investor-relations. The foregoing information is also available in print to any shareholder who requests it from the Company. Except as explicitly provided, information furnished by the Company and information on, or accessible through, the SEC’s or the Company’s website is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or our other securities filings and is not a part of them. 17 Supervision and Regulation The U.S. banking industry is highly regulated under federal and state law. Banking laws, regulations, and policies affect the operations of the Company and its subsidiaries. Investors should understand that the primary objective of the U.S. bank regulatory regime is the protection of depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF"), and the banking system as a whole, not the protection of the Company’s shareholders. As a bank holding company, we are subject to inspection, examination, supervision, and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve"). The Bank, which is our subsidiary, is a Colorado- chartered commercial bank and is not a member of the Federal Reserve System (a "state nonmember bank"). As such, the Bank is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by both the Colorado Division of Banking (the "CDB") and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). In addition, we expect that any additional businesses that we may invest in or acquire will be regulated by various state and/or federal banking regulators. Banking statutes and regulations are subject to continual review and revision by Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. A change in such statutes or regulations, including changes in how they are interpreted or implemented, could have a material effect on our business. In addition to laws and regulations, state and federal bank regulatory agencies may issue policy statements, interpretive letters and similar written guidance pursuant to such laws and regulations, which are binding on us and our subsidiaries. Banking statutes, regulations and policies could restrict our ability to diversify into other areas of financial services, acquire depository institutions, and make distributions or pay dividends on our equity securities. They may also require us to provide financial support to any bank that we control, maintain capital balances in excess of those desired by management, and pay higher deposit insurance premiums as a result of a general deterioration in the financial condition of the Bank or other depository institutions we control. The description below summarizes certain elements of the applicable bank regulatory framework. This description is not intended to describe all laws and regulations applicable to us and our subsidiaries. The description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations, policies, interpretive letters and other written guidance that are described. Regulatory Capital The Company and the Bank are each required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC. The current risk-based capital standards applicable to the Company and the Bank are based on the December 2010 final capital framework for strengthening international capital standards, known as Basel III, of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, or Basel Committee. In July 2013, the federal bank regulators approved final rules, the Basel III Capital Rules, implementing the Basel III framework as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act"). The Basel III Capital Rules became effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain provisions). The Basel III Capital Rules require banks and bank holding companies, including the Company and the Bank, to maintain four minimum capital standards: (1) a Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets ratio, or leverage capital ratio, of at least 4.0%; (2) a Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio, or Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, of at least 6.0%; (3) a total capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets ratio, or total risk-based capital ratio, of at least 8.0%; and (4) a common equity tier 1 ("CET1") capital to risk-weighted assets ratio, or CET1 risk-based capital ratio, of at least 4.5%. The Basel III Capital Rules also call for bank holding companies and banks to maintain a "capital conservation buffer" on top of the minimum risk-based capital requirements. The buffer must be composed of CET1 capital. This buffer is intended to help to ensure that banking organizations conserve capital when it is most needed, allowing them to better weather periods of economic stress. The buffer, which became fully phased in on January 1, 2019, is 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The Basel III Capital Rules also attempt to improve the quality of capital by implementing changes to the definition of capital. Among the most important changes are stricter eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments that disallow the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities (other than grandfathered trust preferred securities such as those issued by the Company), in Tier 1 capital going forward and new constraints on the inclusion of 18 minority interests, mortgage-servicing assets, deferred tax assets and certain investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions. In addition, the Basel III Capital Rules require that most regulatory capital deductions be made from CET1 capital. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC may also set higher capital requirements for individual institutions whose circumstances warrant it. For example, institutions experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets. At this time, the bank regulatory agencies are more inclined to impose higher capital requirements to meet well capitalized standards and future regulatory change could impose higher capital standards as a routine matter. The Company’s regulatory capital ratios and those of the Bank are in excess of the levels established for "well capitalized" institutions under the rules. The Basel III Capital Rules also set forth certain changes in the methods of calculating certain risk-weighted assets, which in turn affects the calculation of risk-based capital ratios. Under the Basel III Capital Rules, higher or more sensitive risk weights have been assigned to various categories of assets, including certain credit facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property, certain exposures or credits that are 90 days past due or on nonaccrual status, foreign exposures and certain corporate exposures. In addition, these rules include greater recognition of collateral and guarantees, and revised capital treatment for derivatives and repo-style transactions. The federal bank regulators have modified certain aspects of the Basel III Capital Rules since the rules were initially published, and additional modifications may be made in the future. In December 2017, the Basel Committee published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (commonly referred to as Basel IV). Among other things, these standards revise the Basel Committee’s standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk weights and introducing new capital requirements for certain "unconditionally cancellable commitments," such as unused credit card lines of credit) and provides a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the Basel framework, these standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2027. Under the current U.S. capital rules, operational risk capital requirements and a capital floor apply only to advanced approaches institutions, and not to the Company or the Bank. The impact of Basel IV on us will depend on the manner in which it is implemented by the federal bank regulators. In accordance with the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (the "Regulatory Relief Act"), discussed below, the federal banking agencies published final rules implementing the community bank leverage ratio in November 2019. Under the final rules, which went into effect on January 1, 2020, depository institutions and depository institution holding companies that have less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets and meet other qualifying criteria, including a leverage capital ratio of greater than 9%, off-balance-sheet exposures of 25% or less of total consolidated assets and trading assets plus trading liabilities of 5% or less of total consolidated assets, are deemed “qualifying community banking organizations” and are eligible to opt into the community bank leverage ratio framework. A qualifying community banking organization that elects to use the community bank leverage ratio framework and that maintains a leverage capital ratio of greater than 9% is considered to have satisfied the generally applicable risk-based and leverage capital requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules and, if applicable, is considered to have met the “well capitalized” ratio requirements for purposes of its primary federal regulator’s prompt corrective action rules, discussed below. The final rules include a two-quarter grace period during which a qualifying community banking organization that temporarily fails to meet any of the qualifying criteria, including the greater-than-9% leverage capital ratio requirement, is generally still deemed “well capitalized” so long as the banking organization maintains a leverage capital ratio greater than 8%. A banking organization that fails to maintain a leverage capital ratio greater than 8% is not permitted to use the grace period and must comply with the generally applicable requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules and file the appropriate regulatory reports. The Company and the Bank have not made an election to use the community bank leverage ratio framework but may make such an election in the future if determined to be possible and advantageous. Regulation of the Company The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHC Act, and other federal laws subject bank holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations. 19 Permitted Activities. Generally, bank holding companies are prohibited under the BHC Act from engaging in, or acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in any activity other than (i) banking or managing or controlling banks or (ii) an activity that the Federal Reserve determines to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking. The Federal Reserve has the authority to require a bank holding company to terminate an activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest certain subsidiaries or affiliates when the Federal Reserve believes the activity or the control of the subsidiary or affiliate constitutes a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any of its banking subsidiaries. Status as a Financial Holding Company. Under the BHC Act, a bank holding company may file an election with the Federal Reserve to be treated as a financial holding company and engage in an expanded list of financial activities. The election must be accompanied by a certification that all of the company’s insured depository institution subsidiaries are "well capitalized" and "well managed." Additionally, the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 ("CRA") rating of each subsidiary bank must be satisfactory or better. If, after becoming a financial holding company and undertaking activities not permissible for a bank holding company, the company fails to continue to meet any of the prerequisites for financial holding company status, the company must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the Federal Reserve may order the company to divest its subsidiary banks or the company may discontinue or divest investments in companies engaged in activities permissible only for a bank holding company that has elected to be treated as a financial holding company. The Company filed an election and became a financial holding company in 2006. Sound Banking Practices. Bank holding companies and their non-banking subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in activities that represent unsafe or unsound banking practices. For example, under certain circumstances the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate a regulation. As another example, a holding company is prohibited from impairing its subsidiary bank’s soundness by causing the bank to make funds available to non-banking subsidiaries or their customers if the Federal Reserve believes it not prudent to do so. The Federal Reserve has the power to assess civil money penalties for knowing or reckless violations if the activities leading to a violation caused a substantial loss to a depository institution. Potential penalties are as high as $1.0 million for each day the activity continues. Source of Strength. In accordance with the Dodd-Frank Act and long-standing Federal Reserve policy, the Company must act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank. Under this policy, the Company must commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide it. As discussed below, the Company could be required to guarantee the capital plan of the Bank if it becomes undercapitalized for purposes of banking regulations. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. The BHC Act provides that, in the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a bank subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment. Regulatory agencies have promulgated regulations to increase the capital requirements for bank holding companies to a level that matches those of banking institutions. Anti-Tying Restrictions. Bank holding companies and affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of services, such as extensions of credit, to other services offered by a holding company or its affiliates. Acquisitions. The BHC Act, Section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended ("FDIA") the Colorado Banking Code and other federal and state statutes regulate acquisitions of commercial banks and their holding companies. The BHC Act generally limits acquisitions by bank holding companies to commercial banks and companies engaged in activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before: (i) acquiring more than 5% of the voting stock of any bank or other bank holding company; (ii) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or bank holding company; or (iii) merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company. 20 In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and acquisition transactions, the bank regulatory authorities generally consider, among other things, the competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the combined organization (including the capital position of the combined organization), the applicant’s performance record under the Community Reinvestment Act, (see the section captioned "Community Reinvestment Act" included below in this item), fair housing laws and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities. The Company is also subject to the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978 ("Control Act") and related Federal Reserve regulations, which provide that any person who proposes to acquire at least 10% (but less than 25%) of any class of a bank holding company’s voting securities is presumed to control the company (unless the company is not publicly held or some other shareholder owns a greater percentage of voting stock). Any person who would be presumed to acquire control or who proposes to acquire control of 25% or more of any class of a bank holding company’s voting securities, or who proposes to acquire actual control, must provide the Federal Reserve with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of the acquisition. The Federal Reserve may disapprove a proposed acquisition if: (i) it would result in adverse competitive effects; (ii) the financial condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize the target institution’s financial stability or prejudice the interests of depositors; (iii) the competence, experience or integrity of any acquiring person indicates that the proposed acquisition would not be in the best interests of the depositors or the public; or (iv) the acquiring person fails to provide all of the information required by the Federal Reserve. Any proposed acquisition of the voting securities of a bank holding company that is subject to approval under the BHC Act is not subject to the Control Act notice requirements. Any company that proposes to acquire "control," as those terms are defined in the BHC Act and Federal Reserve regulations, of a bank holding company or to acquire 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank holding company would be required to seek the Federal Reserve’s prior approval under the BHC Act to become a bank holding company. Dividends. The Company’s earnings and activities are affected by legislation, by regulations and by local legislative and administrative bodies and decisions of courts in the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. These include limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company and the Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiary. Consistent with such policy, a banking organization should have comprehensive policies on dividend payments that clearly articulate the organization’s objectives and approaches for maintaining a strong capital position and achieving the objectives of the policy statement. As a Colorado state-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to limitations under Colorado law on the payment of dividends. The Colorado Banking Code provides that a bank may declare dividends from retained earnings and other components of capital specifically approved by the Colorado State Banking Board so long as the declaration is made in compliance with rules established by the Colorado State Banking Board. In addition, a state nonmember bank may not declare a dividend if paying the dividend would result in the bank being undercapitalized under FDIA, discussed above, and must comply with any discretionary distribution restrictions imposed on it under the federal banking agencies’ capital buffer rules. The FDIC has stated that, in general, state nonmember banks can pay dividends in reasonable amounts only after the bank’s earnings have first been applied to the elimination of losses and the establishment of necessary reserves and prudent capital levels. The FDIC may also direct state nonmember banks that are poorly rated or subject to written supervisory actions not to pay dividends in order to ensure adequate capital exists to support their risk profile. In 2009, the Federal Reserve issued a supervisory letter providing greater clarity to its policy statement on the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In this letter, the Federal Reserve stated that when a holding company’s board of directors is deciding on the level of dividends to declare, it should consider, among other factors: (i) overall asset quality, potential need to increase reserves and write down assets, and concentrations of credit; (ii) potential for unanticipated losses and declines in asset values; (iii) implicit and explicit liquidity and credit commitments, including off-balance sheet and contingent liabilities; (iv) quality and level of current and prospective earnings, including earnings capacity under a number of plausible economic scenarios; (v) current and prospective cash flow and liquidity; (vi) ability to serve as an ongoing source of financial and managerial strength to depository institution subsidiaries insured by the FDIC, including the extent of double leverage and the condition of subsidiary depository institutions; (vii) other risks that 21 affect the holding company’s financial condition and are not fully captured in regulatory capital calculations; (viii) level, composition, and quality of capital; and (ix) ability to raise additional equity capital in prevailing market and economic conditions (the "Dividend Factors"). It is particularly important for a bank holding company’s board of directors to ensure that the dividend level is prudent relative to the organization’s financial position and is not based on overly optimistic earnings scenarios. In addition, a bank holding company’s board of directors should strongly consider, after careful analysis of the Dividend Factors, reducing, deferring or eliminating dividends when the quantity and quality of the holding company’s earnings have declined or the holding company is experiencing other financial problems, or when the macroeconomic outlook for the holding company’s primary profit centers has deteriorated. The Federal Reserve further stated that, as a general matter, a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce its distributions if: (i) its net income is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (ii) its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or (iii) it will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Failure to do so could result in a supervisory finding that the bank holding company is operating in an unsafe and unsound manner. Additionally, the Federal Reserve possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non- bank subsidiaries with which it can prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices, or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies. Stock Redemptions and Repurchases. It is an essential principle of safety and soundness that a banking organization’s redemption and repurchases of regulatory capital instruments, including common stock, from investors be consistent with the organization’s current and prospective capital needs. In assessing such needs, the board of directors and management of a bank holding company should consider the Dividend Factors discussed above under "Dividends." The risk-based capital rule directs bank holding companies to consult with the Federal Reserve before redeeming any equity or other capital instrument included in Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital prior to stated maturity, if such redemption could have a material effect on the level or composition of the organization’s capital base. Bank holding companies that are experiencing financial weaknesses, or that are at significant risk of developing financial weaknesses, must consult with the appropriate Federal Reserve supervisory staff before redeeming or repurchasing common stock or other regulatory capital instruments for cash or other valuable consideration. Similarly, any bank holding company considering expansion, whether through acquisitions or through organic growth and new activities, generally also must consult with the appropriate Federal Reserve supervisory staff before redeeming or repurchasing common stock or other regulatory capital instruments for cash or other valuable consideration. In evaluating the appropriateness of a bank holding company’s proposed redemption or repurchase of capital instruments, the Federal Reserve will consider the potential losses that the holding company may suffer from the prospective need to increase reserves and write down assets from continued asset deterioration and the holding company’s ability to raise additional common stock and other Tier 1 capital to replace capital instruments that are redeemed or repurchased. A bank holding company must inform the Federal Reserve of a redemption or repurchase of common stock or perpetual preferred stock for cash or other value resulting in a net reduction of the bank holding company’s outstanding amount of common stock or perpetual preferred stock below the amount of such capital instrument outstanding at the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurs. In addition, a bank holding company must advise the Federal Reserve sufficiently in advance of such redemptions and repurchases to provide reasonable opportunity for supervisory review and possible objection should the Federal Reserve determine a transaction raises safety and soundness concerns. Regulation Y requires that a bank holding company that is not well capitalized or well managed, or that is subject to any unresolved supervisory issues, provide prior notice to the Federal Reserve for any repurchase or redemption of its equity securities for cash or other value that would reduce by 10% or more the holding company’s consolidated net worth aggregated over the preceding 12-month period. Annual Reporting; Examinations. The Company is required to file an annual report with the Federal Reserve and to provide such additional information as the Federal Reserve may require. The Federal Reserve may examine a bank holding company and any of its subsidiaries, and charge the company for the cost of such an examination. The Bank is examined from time to time by its primary federal banking regulator, the FDIC, and the CDB and is charged for the cost of such an examination. Depending on the results of a given examination, the FDIC and the CDB may revalue the Bank’s assets and require that the Bank establish specific reserves to compensate for the difference between the value determined by the regulator and the book value of the assets. 22 Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries. FDIA requires bank regulators to take "prompt corrective action" to resolve problems associated with insured depository institutions. In the event an institution becomes "undercapitalized," it must submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by the regulators unless each company "having control of" the undercapitalized institution "guarantees" the subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan until it becomes "adequately capitalized." For purposes of this statute, the Company has control of the Bank. Under FDIA, the aggregate liability of all companies controlling a particular institution is limited to the lesser of five percent of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to bring the institution into compliance with applicable capital standards. FDIA grants greater powers to bank regulators in situations where an institution becomes "significantly" or "critically" undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve approval of proposed distributions, or might be required to consent to a merger or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates. State Law Restrictions. As a Colorado corporation, the Company is subject to certain limitations and restrictions under applicable Colorado corporate law. For example, state law restrictions in Colorado include limitations and restrictions relating to indemnification of directors; distributions and dividends to shareholders; transactions involving directors, officers or interested shareholders; maintenance of books, records, and minutes; and observance of certain corporate formalities. Regulation of the Bank Capital Adequacy. Under the Basel III Capital Rules, discussed above, the FDIC monitors the capital adequacy of the Bank by using a combination of risk-based guidelines and leverage ratios. The FDIC considers the Bank’s capital levels when taking action on various types of applications and when conducting supervisory activities related to the safety and soundness of the Bank and the banking system. Higher capital levels may be required if warranted by the circumstances or risk profiles of individual institutions, or if required by the banking regulators due to the economic conditions impacting our markets. For example, FDIC regulations provide that higher capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk and the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Bank exceeded all regulatory minimum capital requirements. Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Under applicable federal statutes, the federal bank regulatory agencies are required to take "prompt corrective action" with respect to institutions that do not meet specified minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Under the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations, an institution is deemed to be "well capitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a CET1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% or greater and a leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or greater. An institution is "adequately capitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a CET1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5% or greater and a leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or greater. An institution is "undercapitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a CET1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.5% or a leverage capital ratio of less than 4.0%. An institution is deemed to be "significantly undercapitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a CET1 capital ratio of less than 3.0% or a leverage capital ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be "critically undercapitalized" if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. Undercapitalized institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan to the FDIC. The federal bank regulatory agencies may not accept such a plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is "significantly undercapitalized." "Significantly undercapitalized" depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become "adequately capitalized," requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. "Critically undercapitalized" institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator. 23 As of December 31, 2019, the Bank qualified as "well capitalized" under the prompt corrective action rules. Deposit Insurance Assessments. All of a depositor’s accounts at an insured bank, including all noninterest- bearing transaction accounts, are insured by the FDIC up to $250,000. FDIC-insured banks are required to pay deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system whereby FDIC-insured depository institutions pay insurance premiums at rates based on their risk classification. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on current financial ratios and supervisory ratings of the institution’s financial condition and operations. Assessments are based on an institution’s average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity, subject to adjustments for certain types of institutions, including custodial banks. The FDIC may terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the institution’s regulatory agency. If deposit insurance for a banking business that we invest in or acquire were to be terminated, that would have a material adverse effect on that banking business and potentially on the Company as a whole. Depositor Preference. FDIA provides that, in the event of the "liquidation or other resolution" of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogate of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution. Consumer Financial Protection. The Bank is subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern its relationship with its customers. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Right to Financial Privacy Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act and these laws’ respective state law counterparts, as well as state usury laws and laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices. These and other federal laws, among other things, require disclosures of the cost of credit and terms of deposit accounts, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive practices, restrict the Bank’s ability to raise interest rates and subject the Company and the Bank to substantial regulatory oversight. Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can result in significant potential liability from litigation brought by customers, including actual damages, restitution and attorneys’ fees. Federal bank regulators, state attorneys general and state and local consumer protection agencies may also seek to enforce consumer protection requirements and obtain these and other remedies, including regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by the state and local attorneys general in each jurisdiction in which we operate and civil money penalties. Failure to comply with consumer protection requirements may also result in our failure to obtain any required bank regulatory approval for merger or acquisition transactions the Company may want to pursue or our prohibition from engaging in such transactions even if approval is not required. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB") has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer financial laws that apply to all banks. The CFPB is authorized to issue rules for both bank and non-bank companies that offer consumer financial products and services, subject to consultation with the prudential banking regulators. In general, however, banks with assets of $10 billion or less, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for consumer compliance by their primary bank regulator. Much of the CFPB’s rulemaking has focused on mortgage lending and servicing, including an important rule requiring lenders to ensure that prospective buyers have the ability to repay their mortgages. Other areas of current CFPB focus include consumer protections for prepaid cards, payday lending, debt collection, overdraft services and privacy notices. The CFPB has been particularly active in issuing rules and guidelines concerning residential mortgage lending and servicing, issuing numerous rules and guidance related to residential mortgages. Perhaps the most significant of these guidelines is the "Ability-to-Repay and Qualified Mortgage Standards under the Truth in Lending Act" portions of Regulation Z. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, creditors must make a reasonable and good faith determination, based on verified and documented information, that the consumer has a reasonable "ability to repay" a residential mortgage according to its terms. There is a statutory presumption of compliance with this requirement for mortgages that meet the 24 requirements to be deemed "qualified mortgages." The CFPB rule defines the key threshold terms "ability to repay" and "qualified mortgage." The CFPB has actively issued enforcement actions against both large and small entities and to entities across the entire financial service industry. The CFPB has relied upon "unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts" prohibitions as its primary enforcement tool. However, the CFPB and Department of Justice ("DOJ") continue to be focused on fair lending in taking enforcement actions against banks with renewed emphasis on alleged "redlining" practices. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to regulatory sanctions, client rescission rights, actions by state and local attorneys general and civil or criminal liability. Brokered Deposit Restrictions. Well capitalized institutions are not subject to limitations on brokered deposits, while an adequately capitalized institution is able to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and is subject to certain restrictions on the yield paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions are generally not permitted to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits. Community Reinvestment Act. The CRA is intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their entire communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound operations. The regulators examine banks and assign each bank a public CRA rating. The CRA then requires bank regulators to take into account the bank’s record in meeting the needs of its community when considering certain applications by a bank, including applications to establish a banking center or to conduct certain mergers or acquisitions. The Federal Reserve is required to consider the CRA records of a bank holding company’s controlled banks when considering an application by the bank holding company to acquire a bank or to merge with another bank holding company. When we apply for regulatory approval to make certain investments, the regulators will consider the CRA record of the target institution and our depository institution subsidiary. An unsatisfactory CRA record could substantially delay approval or result in denial of an application. Insider Credit Transactions. Banks are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on extensions of credit to certain executive officers, directors, principal shareholders and any related interests of such persons. Extensions of credit to such persons must (a) be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not covered by such restrictions, and (b) not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Banks are also subject to certain lending limits and restrictions on overdrafts to such persons. A violation of these restrictions may result in the assessment of substantial civil monetary penalties on the affected bank or any officer, director, employee, agent or other person participating in the conduct of the affairs of that bank, the imposition of a cease and desist order, and other regulatory sanctions. Safety and Soundness Standards. Under the FDIC Improvement Act ("FDICIA"), each federal banking agency has prescribed, by regulation, non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority. These standards cover internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, such other operational and managerial standards as the agency determines to be appropriate, and standards for asset quality, earnings and stock valuation. An institution which fails to meet these standards must develop a plan acceptable to the agency, specifying the steps that the institution will take to meet the standards. Failure to submit or implement such a plan may subject the institution to regulatory sanctions. Financial Privacy. In accordance with the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the "GLB Act"), federal banking regulators adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These rules require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party. The privacy provisions of the GLB Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. Anti-Money Laundering. Under federal law, including the Bank Secrecy Act and Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the "USA PATRIOT Act"), certain types of financial institutions, including insured depository institutions, must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures and controls; a designated 25 compliance officer; an ongoing training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Financial institutions are restricted from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence, client identification and recordkeeping, including in their dealings with non-U.S. financial institutions and non-U.S. clients. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious information maintained by financial institutions. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and they must consider an institution’s anti-money laundering compliance when considering regulatory applications filed by the institution, including applications for banking mergers and acquisitions. The regulatory authorities have imposed "cease and desist” orders and civil money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be violating these obligations. Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation. The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, foreign nationals and others. These are typically known as the "OFAC" rules based on their administration by the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC"). The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on "U.S. persons" engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. The Bank is responsible for, among other things, blocking accounts of, and transactions with, such targets and countries, prohibiting unlicensed trade and financial transactions with them and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences Transactions with Affiliates Transactions between depository institutions and their affiliates, including transactions between the Bank and the Company, are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W promulgated thereunder. Generally, Section 23A limits the extent to which a depository institution and its subsidiaries may engage in "covered transactions" with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the depository institution’s capital stock and surplus, and contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates of an amount equal to 20% of the depository institution’s capital stock and surplus. Section 23A also establishes specific collateral requirements for loans or extensions of credit to, or guarantees, acceptances or letters of credit issued on behalf of, an affiliate. Section 23B requires that covered transactions and a broad list of other specified transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the depository institution and its subsidiaries, as those for similar transactions with non-affiliates. The Volcker Rule Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly known as the "Volcker Rule," generally prohibits certain banking entities from engaging in short-term proprietary trading of financial instruments and from owning, sponsoring or having certain relationships with hedge funds or private equity funds (collectively, "covered funds"). The Regulatory Relief Act, discussed below, includes a provision exempting banking organizations with $10.0 billion or less in total consolidation assets, and total trading assets and trading liabilities that are 5% or less of total consolidated assets, from the Volcker Rule. Thus, the Company and the Bank are not currently subject to the Volcker Rule. Concentration in Commercial Real Estate Lending As a part of their regulatory oversight, the federal regulators have issued guidelines on sound risk management practices with respect to a financial institution’s CRE lending activities. The guidelines identify certain concentration levels that, if exceeded, will expose the institution to additional supervisory analysis surrounding the institution’s CRE concentration risk. The guidelines are designed to promote appropriate levels of capital and sound loan and risk management practices for institutions with a concentration of CRE loans. The Company’s CRE concentrations are discussed in the "Risk Factors" section below. 26 Interstate Banking and Branching Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1999 (the "Riegle-Neal Act"), a bank holding company may acquire banks in states other than its home state, subject to any state requirement that the bank has been organized and operating for a minimum period of time, not to exceed five years, and to certain deposit market-share limitations. Bank holding companies must be well capitalized and well managed, not merely adequately capitalized and adequately managed, in order to acquire a bank located outside of the bank holding company’s home state. The Riegle- Neal Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines, thereby creating interstate branches. Colorado state law provides that a Colorado-chartered bank can establish a branch anywhere in Colorado provided that the branch is approved in advance by the CDB. The branch must also be approved by the FDIC. The approval process takes into account a number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the community and consistency with corporate powers. The Dodd-Frank Act permits a national or state bank, with the approval of its regulator, to open a de novo branch in any state if the law of the state in which the branch is proposed would permit the establishment of the branch if the bank was charted in such state. The Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and FDIC jointly issued a final rule in 1997 that adopted uniform regulations implementing Section 109 of the Riegle-Neal Act. Section 109 prohibits any bank from establishing or acquiring a branch or branches outside of its home state primarily for the purpose of deposit production. Congress enacted Section 109 to ensure that interstate branches would not take deposits from a community without the bank reasonably helping to meet the credit needs of that community. Limitations on Incentive Compensation In June 2016, several federal financial agencies (including the Federal Reserve and FDIC) re-proposed restrictions on incentive-based compensation pursuant to Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act for financial institutions with $1 billion or more in total consolidated assets. For institutions with at least $1 billion but less than $50 billion in total consolidated assets, the proposal would impose principles-based restrictions that are broadly consistent with existing interagency guidance on incentive-based compensation. Such institutions would be prohibited from entering into incentive compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks by the institution (i) by providing an executive officer, employee, director, principal shareholder or individuals who are "significant risk takers" with excessive compensation, fees or benefits, or (ii) that could lead to material financial loss to the institution. The comment period for these proposed regulations has closed, but a final rule has not been published. Depending upon the outcome of the rule making process, the application of this rule to us could require us to revise our compensation strategy, increase our administrative costs and adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain qualified associates. Cybersecurity In March 2015, the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) issued two related statements regarding cybersecurity. One statement indicates that financial institutions should design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of defense and to ensure that their risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, including security measures to reliably authenticate customers accessing internet- based services of the financial institution. The other statement indicates that a financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure the rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack involving destructive malware. A financial institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business operations and address rebuilding network capabilities and restoring data if the institution or its critical service providers fall victim to this type of cyber- attack. If we fail to observe the regulatory guidance, we could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties. In November 2019, the FFIEC also released updated examination procedures regarding overall business continuity management (BCM). The new BCM release focuses on enterprise-wide approaches that address technology, business operations, testing, and communication strategies critical to the continuity of the business. The booklet describes principles and practices for information technology (IT) and operations designed to achieve safety and soundness, consumer financial protection, and compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and rules. 27 2018 Regulatory Reform The Regulatory Relief Act, which was designed to ease certain restrictions imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted on May 24, 2018. Most of the provisions of the Regulatory Relief Act can be grouped into five general areas: mortgage lending; certain regulatory relief for "community" banks; enhanced consumer protections in specific areas, including subjecting credit reporting agencies to additional requirements; certain regulatory relief for large financial institutions, including increasing the threshold at which institutions are classified a systemically important financial institutions (from $50 billion to $250 billion) and therefore subject to stricter oversight, and revising the rules for larger institution stress testing; and certain changes to Federal securities regulations designed to promote capital formation. Some of the key provisions of the Regulatory Relief Act as it relates to community banks and bank holding companies include, but are not limited to: (i) designating mortgages held in portfolio as "qualified mortgages" for banks with less than $10 billion in assets, subject to certain documentation and product limitations; (ii) exempting banks with less than $10 billion in assets (and total trading assets and trading liabilities of 5% or less of total assets) from Volcker Rule requirements relating to proprietary trading; (iii) simplifying capital calculations for banks with less than $10 billion in assets by requiring the federal banking agencies to establish a community bank leverage ratio of tangible equity to average consolidated assets of not less than 8% or more than 10%, and provide that banks that maintain tangible equity in excess of such ratio will be deemed to be in compliance with risk-based capital and leverage requirements; (iv) assisting smaller banks with obtaining stable funding by providing an exception for reciprocal deposits from FDIC restrictions on acceptance of brokered deposits; (v) raising the eligibility threshold for use of short-form Call Reports from $1 billion to $5 billion in assets; (vi) clarifying definitions pertaining to high volatility commercial real estate loans ("HVCRE"), which require higher capital allocations, so that only loans with increased risk are subject to higher risk weightings; (vii) directing the Federal Reserve to raise the asset threshold of the Policy Statement from $1 billion to $3 billion; and (viii) raising the consolidated asset threshold from $1 billion to $3 billion for eligible banks to undergo 18-month examination cycles rather than annual cycles. We will continue to analyze the changes resulting from the Regulatory Relief Act and the federal banking agencies’ implementation efforts. We believe these reforms are favorable to our operations, but the true impact remains difficult to predict until rulemaking is complete and the reforms are fully implemented. Changing Regulatory Structure and Future Legislation and Regulation Congress may enact further legislation that affects the regulation of the financial services industry, and state legislatures may enact further legislation affecting the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating in these states. Federal and state regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. We cannot predict the substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulations, or the application thereof, although enactment of the proposed legislation could impact the regulatory structure under which the Company operates and may significantly increase costs, impede the efficiency of internal business processes, require an increase in regulatory capital, require modifications to the Company’s business strategy, and limit the Company’s ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on our business. Monetary Policy and Economic Environment The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve, can have a significant effect on the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve to affect the money supply are open market operations in United States government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The Federal Reserve’s monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effects of these policies on the Bank’s business and earnings cannot be predicted. 28 ITEM 1A. Risk Factors Our business and results of operations are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Company are described below. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of, or that management currently deems immaterial, may also impair the Company’s business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of our securities could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Some statements in the following risk factors constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Risks Related to Our Business Our banking, trust and wealth advisory operations are geographically concentrated in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming and California, leading to significant exposure to those markets. Our business activities and credit exposure, including real estate collateral for many of our loans, are concentrated in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming and California. As of December 31, 2019, 92.0% of the loans in our loan portfolio were made to borrowers who live in or conduct business in those states. This geographic concentration imposes risks from lack of geographic diversification. Difficult economic conditions, including state and local government deficits, in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming and California may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects, where adverse economic developments, among other things, could affect the volume of loan originations, increase the level of nonperforming assets, increase the rate of foreclosure losses on loans and reduce the value of our loans and loan servicing portfolio. Any regional or local economic downturn that affects Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming and California or existing or prospective borrowers or property values in such areas may affect us and our profitability more significantly and more adversely than our competitors whose operations are less geographically concentrated. This includes a sustained downturn in the oil and gas market, which is important for the general economic health of Colorado in particular. A prolonged period of low oil prices could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Because a significant portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of real estate loans, negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity could impair the value of collateral securing our real estate loans and result in loan and other losses. As of December 31, 2019, approximately $711.0 million, or 71.7%, of our gross loans were loans with real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The repayment of such loans is highly dependent on the ability of the borrowers to meet their loan repayment obligations to us, which can be adversely affected by economic downturns that can lead to (i) declines in the rents and, therefore, in the cash flows generated by those real properties on which the borrowers depend to fund their loan payments to us, (ii) decreases in the values of those real properties, which make it more difficult for the borrowers to sell those real properties for amounts sufficient to repay their loans in full, and (iii) job losses of residential home buyers, which makes it more difficult for these borrowers to fund their loan payments. As a result, our operating results are more vulnerable to adverse changes in the real estate market than other financial institutions with more diversified loan portfolios, and we could incur losses in the event of changes in economic conditions that disproportionately affect the real estate markets. Real estate values in many of our markets have generally experienced periods of fluctuation over the last five years. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time. As a result, adverse developments affecting real estate values and the liquidity of real estate in our primary markets could increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio, and could result in losses that adversely affect credit quality, financial condition and results of operations. Negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity in our market areas could significantly impair the value of property pledged as collateral on loans and affect our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure without a loss or additional losses or our ability to sell these loans on the secondary securitization market. Collateral may have to be sold for less than the outstanding balance of the loan, which could result in losses on such loans. Such declines and losses would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If real estate values decline, it is also more likely that we would be required to increase our allowance for loan and lease losses ("ALLL"), which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, 29 adverse weather events, including wildfires, flooding, and mudslides, can cause damages to the property pledged as collateral on loans, which could result in additional losses upon a foreclosure. The implementation of the Current Expected Credit Loss accounting standard could require the Company to increase its allowance for credit losses and may have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 replaces the incurred loss model with an expected loss model, which is referred to as the current expected credit loss model, or CECL. On July 17, 2019, the FASB voted to delay CECL implementation for certain companies including smaller reporting companies ("SRCs") as defined by the SEC. The Company is designated as a SRC with the SEC. The proposed delay by FASB was subject to a comment period. At the October 16, 2019 FASB meeting, the FASB voted unanimously to delay the effective date of CECL adoption for SRCs to January 1, 2023. CECL requires a change in the model to recognize a valuation allowance based on estimated expected credit losses over the life of the portfolio, compared to the probable incurred loss model. The change to the CECL framework will require the Company to greatly increase the data the Company must collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for credit losses. The adoption of CECL may result in greater volatility in the level of the allowance for credit losses, depending on various factors and assumptions applied in the model, such as the forecasted economic conditions in the foreseeable future and loan payment behaviors. Any increase in the allowance for credit losses, or expenses incurred to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for credit losses, may have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Currently, we are unable to estimate the impact the adoption of this update will have on the consolidated financial statements and disclosures. However, the Company expects the impact of the adoption will be significantly influenced by the composition and characteristics of its loan portfolios along with economic conditions prevalent as of the date of adoption. The Company expects to implement the new standard beginning January 1, 2023. If we are unable to continue to originate residential real estate loans and sell them into the secondary market for a profit, our earnings could decrease. We derive a portion of our non-interest income from the origination of residential real estate loans and the subsequent sale of such loans into the secondary market. If we are unable to continue to originate and sell residential real estate loans at historical or greater levels, our residential real estate loan volume would decrease, which could decrease our earnings. A rising interest rate environment, general economic conditions, market volatility, or other factors beyond our control could adversely affect our ability to originate residential real estate loans. The financial services industry is experiencing an increase in regulations and compliance requirements related to mortgage loan originations necessitating technology upgrades and other changes. If new regulations continue to increase and we are unable to make technology upgrades, our ability to originate mortgage loans will be reduced or eliminated. Additionally, we sell a large portion of our residential real estate loans to third-party investors, and rising interest rates could negatively affect our ability to generate suitable profits on the sale of such loans. If interest rates increase after we originate the loans, our ability to market those loans is impaired as the profitability on the loans decreases. These fluctuations can have an adverse effect on the revenue we generate from residential real estate loans and in certain instances, could result in a loss on the sale of the loans. Further, for the mortgage loans we sell in the secondary market, the mortgage loan sales contracts contain indemnification clauses should the loans default, generally within the first 90 – 120 days, or if documentation is determined not to be in compliance with regulations. While the Company has had no historic losses as a result of these indemnities, we could be required to repurchase the mortgage loans or reimburse the purchaser of our loans for losses incurred. Both of these situations could have an adverse effect on the profitability of our mortgage loan activities and negatively impact our net income. Our loan portfolio includes a significant number of commercial loans, which involve risks specific to commercial borrowers. Our loan portfolio includes a significant amount of commercial real estate loans and commercial lines of credit. Our typical commercial borrower is a small or medium-sized privately owned Colorado business entity. Our commercial loans typically have greater credit risks than standard residential mortgage or consumer loans because commercial loans often have larger balances, and repayment usually depends on the borrowers’ successful business operations. Commercial 30 loans also involve some additional risk because they generally are not fully repaid over the loan period and thus may require refinancing or a large payoff at maturity. If the general economy turns substantially downward, commercial borrowers may not be able to repay their loans, and the value of their assets, which are usually pledged as collateral, may decrease rapidly and significantly. Also, when credit markets tighten due to adverse developments in specific markets or the general economy, opportunities for refinancing may become more expensive or unavailable, resulting in loan defaults. We may be subject to claims and litigation pertaining to our fiduciary responsibilities. Some of the services we provide, such as trust and investment services, require us to act as fiduciaries for our clients and others. From time to time, third parties make claims and take legal action against us pertaining to the performance of our fiduciary responsibilities. If these claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, we may be exposed to significant financial liability or our reputation could be damaged. Either of these results may adversely impact demand for our products and services or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The market for investment managers and professionals is extremely competitive and the loss of a key investment manager could adversely affect our investment advisory and wealth management business. We believe that investment performance is one of the most important factors that affect the amount of assets under our management and, for that reason, the success of our business is heavily dependent on the quality and experience of our senior wealth management professionals and their track records in terms of making investment decisions that result in attractive investment returns for our clients. We consider the "chairman" and "president" roles in each of our profit center teams to be instrumental to executing our business strategy. However, the market for such investment professionals is extremely competitive and is increasingly characterized by frequent movement of these individuals among different firms. In addition, our individual investment professionals often have direct contact with particular clients, which can lead to a strong client relationship based on the client’s trust in that individual manager. As a result, the loss of a key investment manager could jeopardize our relationships with some of our clients and lead to the loss of client accounts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to factors outside of our control. As of December 31, 2019, the fair value of our investment securities portfolio was $58.9 million. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence and cause adverse changes to occur in the fair values of securities in that portfolio. These factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency actions in respect of the investment securities in our portfolio, defaults by the issuers of such securities, concerns with respect to the enforceability of the payment or other key terms of such securities, changes in market interest rates and continued instability in the capital markets. Any of these factors, as well as others, could cause other-than-temporary impairments and realized or unrealized losses in future periods and declines in other comprehensive income, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. In addition, the process for determining whether an impairment of a security is other- than-temporary usually requires complex, subjective judgments, which could subsequently prove to have been wrong, regarding the future financial performance and liquidity of the issuer of the security, the fair value of any collateral underlying the security and whether and the extent to which the principal of and interest on the security will ultimately be paid in accordance with its payment terms. We may be adversely affected by the soundness of certain securities brokerage firms. We do not provide custodial services for our clients. Instead, client investment accounts are maintained under custodial arrangements with large, well established securities brokerage firms or bank institutions that provide custodial services (collectively, "brokerage firms"), either directly or through arrangements made by us with those firms. As a result, the performance of, or even rumors or questions about the integrity or performance of, any of those brokerage firms could adversely affect the confidence of our clients in the services provided by those firms or otherwise adversely impact their custodial holdings. Such an occurrence could negatively impact our ability to retain existing or attract new clients and, as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. 31 The investment management contracts we have with our clients are terminable without cause and on relatively short notice by our clients, which makes us vulnerable to short-term declines in the performance of the securities under our management. Like most investment advisory and wealth management businesses, the investment advisory contracts we have with our clients are typically terminable by the client without cause upon less than 30 days’ notice. As a result, even short- term declines in the performance of the securities we manage, which can result from factors outside our control, such as adverse changes in market or economic condition or the poor performance of some of the investments we have recommended to our clients, could lead some of our clients to move assets under our management to other asset classes such as broad index funds or treasury securities, or to investment advisors which have investment product offerings or investment strategies different than ours. Therefore, our operating results are heavily dependent on the financial performance of our investment portfolios and the investment strategies we employ in our investment advisory businesses and even short-term declines in the performance of the investment portfolios we manage for our clients, whatever the cause, could result in a decline in assets under management and a corresponding decline in investment management fees, which would adversely affect our results of operations. Fee revenue represents a significant portion of our consolidated revenue and is subject to decline, among other things, in the event of a reduction in, or changes to, the level or type of investment activity by our clients. A significant portion of our revenue results from fee-based services related to wealth advisory, private banking, personal trust, investment management, mortgage lending and institutional asset management services to derive revenue. This contrasts with many commercial banks that may rely more heavily on interest-based sources of revenue, such as loans. For the year ended December 31, 2019, adjusted non-interest income represented approximately 50.2% of our consolidated gross revenue. The level of these fees is influenced by several factors, including the mix and volume of our assets under custody and administration and our assets under management, the value and type of securities positions held (with respect to assets under custody) and the volume of portfolio transactions, and the types of products and services used by our clients. In addition, our clients include institutional investors, such as mutual funds, collective investment funds, hedge funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations, endowments and investment managers. Economic, market or other factors that reduce the level or rates of savings in or with those institutions, either through reductions in financial asset valuations or through changes in investor preferences, could materially reduce our fee revenue or have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations. These clients also, by their nature, are often able to exert considerable market influence, and this, combined with strong competitive forces in the markets for our services, has resulted in, and may continue to result in, significant pressure to reduce the fees we charge for our services in both our asset servicing and asset management business lines. The trust wealth management fees we receive may decrease as a result of poor investment performance, in either relative or absolute terms, which could decrease our revenues and net earnings. We derive a significant amount of our revenues primarily from investment management fees based on assets under management. Our ability to maintain or increase assets under management is subject to a number of factors, including investors’ perception of our past performance, in either relative or absolute terms, market and economic conditions, including changes in oil and gas prices, and competition from investment management companies. Financial markets are affected by many factors, all of which are beyond our control, including general economic conditions, including changes in oil and gas prices; securities market conditions; the level and volatility of interest rates and equity prices; competitive conditions; liquidity of global markets; international and regional political conditions; regulatory and legislative developments; monetary and fiscal policy; investor sentiment; availability and cost of capital; technological changes and events; outcome of legal proceedings; changes in currency values; inflation; credit ratings; and the size, volume and timing of transactions. A decline in the fair value of the assets under management, caused by a decline in general economic conditions, would decrease our wealth management fee income. 32 Investment performance is one of the most important factors in retaining existing clients and competing for new wealth management clients. Poor investment performance could reduce our revenues and impair our growth in the following ways: Existing clients may withdraw funds from our wealth management business in favor of better performing products; Asset-based management fees could decline from a decrease in assets under management; Our ability to attract funds from existing and new clients might diminish; and Our portfolio managers may depart, to join a competitor or otherwise. Even when market conditions are generally favorable, our investment performance may be adversely affected by the investment style of our asset managers and the particular investments that they make. To the extent our future investment performance is perceived to be poor in either relative or absolute terms, the revenues and profitability of our wealth management business will likely be reduced and our ability to attract new clients will likely be impaired. As such, fluctuations in the equity and debt markets can have a direct impact upon our net earnings. Changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest margins and net interest income. Interest rates are key drivers of our net interest margin and subject to many factors beyond our control. Income and cash flows from our banking operations depend to a great extent on the difference or "spread" between the interest we earn on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the rates at which we pay interest on interest- bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. As interest rates change, net interest income is affected. Rapidly increasing interest rates in the future could result in interest expense increasing faster than interest income because of a divergence in financial instrument maturities or competitive pressures. Further, substantially higher interest rates generally reduce loan demand and may result in slower loan growth. Decreases or increases in interest rates could have a negative effect on the spreads between the interest rates earned on assets and the rates of interest paid on liabilities, and therefore decrease net interest income. Also, changes in interest rates might also impact the values of equity and debt securities under management and administration, which may have a negative impact on fee income. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including (among others) general and regional and local economic conditions, the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve, bank regulatory requirements, competition from other banks and financial institutions and a change over time in the mix of our loans and investment securities, on the one hand, and on our deposits and other liabilities, on the other hand. Changes in monetary policy will, in particular, influence the origination and market value of and the yields we can realize on loans and investment securities, and the interest we pay on deposits. Additionally, sustained low levels of market interest rates, as we have experienced during the past decade, could continue to place downward pressure on our net interest margins and, therefore, on our earnings. Our net interest margins and earnings also could be adversely affected if we are unable to adjust our interest rates on loans and deposits on a timely basis in response to changes in economic conditions or monetary policies. For example, if the rates of interest we pay on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities increase faster than we are able to increase the rates of interest we charge on loans or the yields we realize on investments and other interest-earning assets, our net interest income and, therefore, our earnings will decrease. In particular, the rates of interest we charge on loans may be subject to longer fixed interest periods compared to the interest we must pay on deposits. On the other hand, increasing interest rates generally lead to increases in net interest income; however, such increases also may result in a reduction in loan originations, declines in loan prepayment rates and reductions in the ability of borrowers to repay their current loan obligations, which could result in increased loan defaults and charge-offs and could require increases to our ALLL, thereby offsetting either partially or totally the increases in net interest income resulting from the increase in interest rates. Additionally, we could be prevented from increasing the interest rates we charge on loans or from reducing the interest rates we offer on deposits due to "price" competition from other banks and financial institutions with which we compete. Conversely, in a declining interest rate environment, our earnings could be adversely affected if the interest rates we are able to charge on loans or other investments decline more quickly than those we pay on deposits and borrowings. 33 We may be adversely impacted by the transition from LIBOR as a reference rate In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced that after 2021 it would no longer compel banks to submit the rates required to calculate the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"). This announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. Consequently, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide submissions for the calculation of LIBOR. Similarly, it is not possible to predict whether LIBOR will continue to be viewed as an acceptable market benchmark, what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR, or what the effect of any such changes in views or alternatives may be on the markets for LIBOR-indexed financial instruments. The language in our contracts and financial instruments that define and use LIBOR have developed over time and have various events that trigger when a successor rate to the designated rate would be selected. If a trigger is satisfied, contracts and financial instruments often give the calculation agent (which may be us) discretion over the successor rate or benchmark to be selected. As a result, there is considerable uncertainty as to how the financial services industry will address the discontinuance of designated rates in contracts and financial instruments or such designated rates ceasing to be acceptable reference rates. This uncertainty could ultimately result in client disputes and litigation surrounding the proper interpretation of our LIBOR-based contracts and financial instruments. We have a significant number of loans and borrowings with attributes that are either directly or indirectly dependent on LIBOR. The transition from LIBOR could create considerable costs and additional risk. Since proposed alternative rates are calculated differently, payments under contracts referencing new rates will differ from those referencing LIBOR. The transition will change our market risk profiles, requiring changes to risk and pricing models, valuation tools, product design and hedging strategies. Furthermore, failure to adequately manage this transition process with our customers could adversely impact our reputation. Although we are currently unable to assess what the ultimate impact of the transition from LIBOR will be, failure to adequately manage the transition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses. In accordance with regulatory requirements and GAAP, we maintain an ALLL to provide for incurred loan and lease losses and a reserve for unfunded loan commitments. Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to absorb actual loan losses, and future provisions for loan losses could materially and adversely affect our operating results. Our allowance for loan losses is based on prior experience and an evaluation of the risks inherent in our then-current portfolio. The amount of future losses may also vary depending on changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates that may be beyond our control, and these losses may exceed current estimates. Federal and state regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, review our loans and leases and allowance for loan losses. While we believe our allowance for loan losses is appropriate for the risk identified in our loan and lease portfolio, we may need to increase the allowance for loan losses, such increases may not be sufficient to address losses, and regulators may require us to increase this allowance even further. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Our business and operations may be adversely affected in numerous and complex ways by weak economic conditions and global trade. Our businesses and operations, including our private bank and trust services, which primarily consist of lending money to clients in the form of loans, borrowing money from clients in the form of deposits, investing in securities and investment management, are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States. If the United States economy weakens, our growth and profitability from our lending, deposit and investment operations could be constrained. Uncertainty about the federal fiscal policymaking process, the medium- and long-term fiscal outlook of the federal government, and future tax rates is a concern for businesses, consumers and investors in the United States. In addition, economic conditions in foreign countries and weakening global trade due to increased anti-globalization sentiment, war, epidemics (including the recent coronavirus), or other unforeseen events could affect the stability of global financial markets, which could hinder the economic growth of the United States. Weak economic conditions are characterized by deflation, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, a lack of liquidity or depressed prices in the secondary market for loans, increased delinquencies on mortgage, consumer and commercial loans, residential and commercial real estate price declines and lower home sales and commercial activity. The current economic environment 34 is also characterized by interest rates remaining at historically low levels, which impacts our ability to attract deposits and to generate attractive earnings through our investment portfolio. Further, a general economic slowdown could decrease the value of assets under management and administration by our trust services resulting in lower fee income, and clients potentially seeking alternative investment opportunities with other providers, which could result in lower fee income to us. All of these factors are detrimental to our business, and the interplay between these factors can be complex and unpredictable. Adverse economic conditions and government policy responses to such conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Broad market performance may not be favorable in the future. Our business and operations may be adversely affected in numerous and complex ways by external business disruptors in the financial services industry. The financial services industry is undergoing rapid change, as technology enables non-traditional new entrants to compete in certain segments of the banking market, in some cases with reduced regulation. New entrants may use new technologies, advanced data and analytic tools, lower cost to serve, reduced regulatory burden or faster processes to challenge traditional banks. For example, new business models have been observed in retail payments, consumer and commercial lending, foreign exchange and low-cost investment advisory services. While we closely monitor business disruptors and seek to adapt to changing technologies, matching the pace of innovation exhibited by new and differently situated competitors may require us and policy-makers to adapt at a greater pace. We have pledged all of the stock of the Bank as collateral for a loan and if the lender forecloses, you could lose your investment. We have pledged all of the stock of the Bank as collateral for a third-party loan. The loan had no balance as of December 31, 2019. If we were to incur indebtedness under this loan and default, the lender of such loan could foreclose on the Bank’s stock and we would lose our principal asset. In that event, if the value of the Bank’s stock is less than the amount of the indebtedness, you could lose the entire amount of your investment. Liquidity risk could adversely affect our ability to fund operations and hurt our financial condition. Liquidity is essential to our banking business, as we use cash to make loans and purchase investment securities and other interest-earning assets and to fund deposit withdrawals that occur in the ordinary course of our business. Our principal sources of liquidity include earnings, deposits, repayment by clients of loans we have made to them, and the proceeds from sales by us of our equity securities or from borrowings that we may obtain. Potential alternative sources of liquidity include the sale of loans, the acquisition of national market non-core deposits, the issuance of additional collateralized borrowings such as Federal Home Loan Bank advances, access to the Federal Reserve discount window and the issuance of additional equity securities. If our ability to obtain funds from these sources becomes limited or the costs of those funds increase, whether due to factors that affect us specifically, including our financial performance, or due to factors that affect the financial services industry in general, including weakening economic conditions or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole, then our ability to grow our banking and investment advisory and trust businesses would be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We may not be able to maintain a strong core deposit base or other low-cost funding sources. We depend on checking and savings deposit account balances and other forms of client deposits as our primary source of funding for our lending activities. Our future growth will largely depend on our ability to maintain and grow a strong deposit base and our ability to retain our largest trust clients, many of whom are also depositors. We may not be able to grow and maintain our deposit base. The account and deposit balances can decrease when clients perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market or real estate, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If clients, including our trust clients, move money out of bank deposits and into investments (or similar deposit products at other institutions that may provide a higher rate of return), we could lose a relatively low cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income. We also have increased risks from losses of bank deposit clients due to the large deposits we hold from certain clients. For example, as of December 31, 2019, 19.2% and 32.9% of our total deposits consisted of our 10 largest depositors and allocations to interest-bearing accounts for certain other trust clients deposits we manage, respectively. Loss of any one of these deposit clients would have an outsized impact 35 on our results of operations. Additionally, any such loss of funds could result in lower loan originations, which could materially negatively impact our growth strategy. We receive substantial deposits and assets under management as a result of referrals by professionals, such as attorneys, accountants, and doctors, and such referrals are dependent upon the continued positive interaction with and financial health of those referral sources. Many of our deposit clients and clients of our private trust bank offices are individuals involved in professional vocations, such as lawyers, accountants, and doctors. These clients are a significant source of referrals for new clients in both the deposit and wealth management areas. If we fail to adequately serve these professional clients with our deposit services, lending, and wealth management products, this source of referrals may diminish, which could have a negative impact on our results. Further, if the economy in the geographic areas that we serve is negatively impacted, the amount of deposits and services that these professional individuals will utilize and the amount of referrals that they will make may decrease, which may have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our largest trust client accounts for 37.0% of our total assets under management. As of December 31, 2019, our largest trust client accounted for, in the aggregate, 37.0% of our total assets under management and 2.1% of our non-interest income. As a result, a material decrease in the volume of those trust assets by that client could materially reduce our assets under management, which would adversely affect our non-interest income and, therefore, our results of operations. The success of our business depends on achieving our strategic objectives, including through acquisitions which may not increase our profitability and may adversely affect our future operating results. Since we commenced our banking business in 2004, we have grown our banking franchise and now have fourteen locations in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming and California, including a centralized operations center in downtown Denver. We plan to continue to grow our banking business both organically and through acquisitions of other banks and financial service providers, which may include entry into new markets. However, the implementation of our growth strategy poses a number of risks for us, including that: Any newly established offices may not generate revenues in amounts sufficient to cover the start-up costs of those offices, which would reduce our earnings; Acquisitions we might consummate in the future may prove not to be accretive to or may reduce our earnings if we do not realize anticipated cost savings, or if we incur unanticipated costs in integrating the acquired businesses into our operations or if a substantial number of the clients of any of the acquired businesses move their business to our competitors; Such expansion efforts will divert management time and effort from our existing banking operations, which could adversely affect our future financial performance; and Additional capital which we may need to support our growth or the issuance of shares in any acquisitions will be dilutive of the investments that our existing shareholders have in the shares of our common stock that they own and in their respective percentage ownership interests they have in the Company. We face intense competition from other banks and financial institutions and other wealth and investment management firms that could hurt our business. We conduct our business operations in markets where the banking business is highly competitive and is dominated by large multi-state and in-state banks with operations and offices covering wide geographic areas. We also compete with other financial service businesses, including investment advisory and wealth management firms, mutual fund companies, financial technology companies, and securities brokerage and investment banking firms that offer competitive banking and financial products and services as well as products and services that we do not offer. Larger banks and many of those other financial service organizations have greater financial and marketing resources than we do that enable them to conduct extensive advertising campaigns and to shift resources to regions or activities of greater potential 36 profitability. They also have substantially more capital and higher lending limits than we do, which enable them to attract larger clients and offer financial products and services that we are unable to offer, putting us at a disadvantage in competing with them for loans and deposits and investment management clients. If we are unable to compete effectively with those banking or other financial services businesses, we could find it more difficult to attract new and retain existing clients and our net interest margins, net interest income and investment management fees could decline, which would materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects, and could cause us to incur losses in the future. In addition, our ability to successfully attract and retain investment advisory and wealth management clients is dependent on our ability to compete with competitors’ investment products, level of investment performance, client services and marketing and distribution capabilities. If we are not successful in retaining existing and attracting new investment management clients, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. We may not be successful in implementing our internal growth strategy or be able to manage the risks associated with our anticipated growth through opening new boutique private trust bank offices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our business strategy includes pursuing organic and internal growth and evaluating strategic opportunities to grow through opening new boutique private trust bank offices. We believe that banking location expansion has been meaningful to our growth since inception. We intend to pursue an organic growth strategy in addition to our acquisition strategy, the success of which is dependent on our ability to generate an increasing level of loans, deposits and assets under management at acceptable risk levels without incurring corresponding increases in non-interest expense. Opening new offices carries with it certain potential risks, including significant startup costs and anticipated initial operating losses; an inability to gain regulatory approval; an inability to secure the services of qualified senior management to operate the new offices and successfully integrate and promote our corporate culture; poor market reception for our new offices established in markets where we do not have a preexisting reputation; challenges posed by local economic conditions; challenges associated with securing attractive locations at a reasonable cost; and the additional strain on management resources and internal systems and controls. Further, we may not be successful in our organic growth strategies generally due to, among other factors, delays in introducing and implementing new products and services and other impediments resulting from regulatory oversight, lack of qualified personnel at existing locations. In addition, the success of our internal growth strategy will depend on maintaining sufficient regulatory capital levels and on favorable economic conditions in our primary market areas. Failure to adequately manage the risks associated with our anticipated growth, including growth through creating new boutique private trust bank offices, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Although we plan to grow our business internally, we may expand our business by acquiring other banks and financial services companies, and we may not be successful in doing so. While a key element of our business plan is to grow our banking franchise and increase our market share through internal and organic growth, we intend to take advantage of opportunities to acquire other banks, investment advisors, and other financial services companies as such opportunities present themselves. However, we may not succeed in seizing such opportunities when they arise. Our ability to execute on acquisition opportunities may require us to raise additional capital and to increase our capital position to support the growth of our franchise. It will also depend on market conditions; over which we have no control. Moreover, any acquisitions may require the approval of our bank regulators and we may not be able to obtain such approvals on acceptable terms, if at all. Acquisition and divestitures may subject us to integration risks and other unknown risks. Although we plan to continue to grow our business organically and through opening new boutique private trust bank offices, we also intend to pursue acquisition opportunities that we believe complement our activities and have the ability to enhance our profitability and provide attractive risk-adjusted returns. We also intend to explore the divestiture of assets and businesses that do not fit within our strategic plan. Our acquisition activities could be material to our business and involve a number of risks, including the failure to: adequately centralize and standardize policies, procedures, products, and processes; combine employee benefit plans and compensation cultures; implement a unified investment policy and make related adjustments to combined investment portfolios; implement a unified loan policy and conform lending authority; implement a standard loan management system; avoid delays in implementing new policies or procedures; and 37 apply new policies or procedures. In addition, divestitures pose unique risks including the failure to: close the divestiture, manage expenses associated with the divestiture, retain employees and effectively manage a business or assets subject to divestiture. Certain events may arise before the date of an acquisition or divestiture but after the announcement of an acquisition or divestiture, or we may learn of certain facts, events or circumstances, that may affect our financial condition or performance or subject us to risk of loss. Certain events may arise after the date of an acquisition or divestiture, or we may learn of certain facts, events or circumstances after the closing of an acquisition or divestiture, that may affect our financial condition or performance or subject us to risk of loss. It is possible that we could undertake an acquisition that subsequently does not perform in line with our financial or strategic objectives or expectations. These events include, but are not limited to: retaining key associates and clients, achieving anticipated synergies, meeting expectations and otherwise realizing the undertaking’s anticipated benefits; litigation resulting from circumstances occurring at the acquired entity prior to the date of acquisition; loan downgrades and loan loss provisions resulting from underwriting of certain acquired loans determined not to meet our credit standards; personnel changes that cause instability within a department; and other events relating to the performance of our business. In addition, if we determined that the value of an acquired business had decreased and that the related goodwill was impaired, an impairment of goodwill charge to earnings would be recognized. Acquisitions involve inherent uncertainty and we cannot determine all potential events, facts and circumstances that could result in loss or increased costs. Our due diligence or mitigation efforts may not be sufficient to protect against any such loss or increased costs. We may be required to recognize a significant charge to earnings if our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Goodwill and purchased intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are reviewed for impairment annually and more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Our annual goodwill impairment assessment date for the Company’s reporting units is October 31. Goodwill impairment testing includes an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether certain circumstances or events exist that lead to a determination that the fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value. This qualitative assessment includes various factors that could affect the reporting unit’s fair value as well as mitigating events or conditions. One such factor that could impact the assessment are the conditions within the markets that trade the Company’s stock. The assessment of each reporting unit compares the aggregate fair value to its carrying value, along with several valuation assumptions and methods in order to determine if any impairment was triggered as of the measurement date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the results of impairment testing on our intangible assets will have no impact on our tangible book value or regulatory capital levels. There is no guarantee that we may not be forced to recognize impairment charges in the future as operating and economic conditions change or as part of strategic divestitures. The recognition of a significant charge to earnings in our consolidated financial statements resulting from any impairment of our goodwill or other intangible assets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We are required to make significant estimates and assumptions in the preparation of our financial statements and our estimates and assumptions may not be accurate. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of income and expense during the reporting periods. Critical estimates are made by management in determining, among other things, the ALLL, amounts of impairment of assets, intangibles, and valuation of income taxes. If our underlying estimates and assumptions prove to be incorrect, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. The occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches of our information security, and cybersecurity attacks could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, manage our exposure to risk or expand our businesses, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, increase our costs to maintain and update our operational and 38 security systems and infrastructure, and adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, as well as cause legal or reputational harm. As a financial institution, we are susceptible to fraudulent activity, information security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents that may be committed against us, our clients, or third parties with whom we interact and that may result in financial losses or increased costs to us or our clients, disclosure or misuse of confidential information belonging to us or personal or confidential information belonging to our clients, misappropriation of assets, litigation, or damage to our reputation. Our industry has seen increases in electronic fraudulent activity, hacking, security breaches, sophisticated social engineering and cyber-attacks within the financial services industry, including in the commercial banking sector, as cyber-criminals have been targeting commercial bank and brokerage accounts on an increasing basis. Our business is highly dependent on the security and efficacy of our infrastructure, computer and data management systems, as well as those of third parties with whom we interact or on whom we rely. Our business relies on the secure processing, transmission, storage and retrieval of confidential, proprietary and other information in our computer and data management systems and networks, and in the computer and data management systems and networks of third parties. In addition, to access our network, products and services, our customers and other third parties may use personal mobile devices or computing devices that are outside of our network environment and are subject to their own cybersecurity risks. All of these factors increase our risks related to cyber-threats and electronic disruptions. In addition to well-known risks related to fraudulent activity, which take many forms, such as check "kiting" or fraud, wire fraud, and other dishonest acts, information security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents have become a material risk in the financial services industry. These threats may include fraudulent or unauthorized access to data processing or data storage systems used by us or by our clients, electronic identity theft, "phishing," account takeover, denial or degradation of service attacks, and malware or other cyber-attacks. These electronic viruses or malicious code are typically designed to, among other things: Obtain unauthorized access to confidential information belonging to us or our clients and customers; Manipulate or destroy data; Disrupt, sabotage or degrade service on a financial institution’s systems; or Steal money. In recent periods, several governmental agencies and large corporations, including financial service organizations and retail companies, have suffered major data breaches, in some cases exposing not only their confidential and proprietary corporate information, but also sensitive financial and other personal information of their clients or their employees or other third parties, and subjecting those agencies and corporations to potential fraudulent activity and their clients, employees and other third parties to identity theft and fraudulent activity in their credit card and banking accounts. Therefore, security breaches and cyber-attacks can cause significant increases in operating costs, including the costs of compensating clients and customers for any resulting losses they may incur and the costs and capital expenditures required to correct the deficiencies in and strengthen the security of data processing and storage systems. Unfortunately, it is not always possible to anticipate, detect, or recognize these threats to our systems, or to implement effective preventative measures against all breaches, whether those breaches are malicious or accidental. Cybersecurity risks for banking organizations have significantly increased in recent years and have been difficult to detect before they occur because of, among other reasons: The proliferation of new technologies, and the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions; These threats arising from numerous sources, not all of which are in our control, including among others human error, fraud or malice on the part of employees or third parties, accidental technological failure, electrical or telecommunication outages, failures of computer servers or other damage to our property or assets, natural disasters or severe weather conditions, health emergencies or pandemics, or outbreaks of hostilities or terrorist acts; 39 The techniques used in cyber-attacks changing frequently and possibly not being recognized until launched or until well after the breach has occurred; The increased sophistication and activities of organized crime groups, hackers, terrorist organizations, hostile foreign governments, disgruntled employees or vendors, activists and other external parties, including those involved in corporate espionage; The vulnerability of systems to third parties seeking to gain access to such systems either directly or using equipment or security passwords belonging to employees, customers, third-party service providers or other users of our systems; and Our frequent transmission of sensitive information to, and storage of such information by, third parties, including our vendors and regulators, and possible weaknesses that go undetected in our data systems notwithstanding the testing we conduct of those systems. Although to date we have not experienced any losses or other material consequences relating to technology failure, cyber-attacks or other information, we may suffer such losses or other consequences in the future. While we invest in systems and processes that are designed to detect and prevent security breaches and cyber-attacks and we conduct periodic tests of our security systems and processes, we may not succeed in anticipating or adequately protecting against or preventing all security breaches and cyber-attacks from occurring. Even the most advanced internal control environment may be vulnerable to compromise. Targeted social engineering attacks are becoming more sophisticated and are extremely difficult to prevent. Additionally, the existence of cyber-attacks or security breaches at third parties with access to our data, such as vendors, may not be disclosed to us in a timely manner. While we had insurance against losses related to cyber-attacks as of the filing date of this Form 10-K, we may not be able to insure against losses related to cyber-threats in the future and our insurance may not insure against all possible losses. As cyber-threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities or incidents. As is the case with non-electronic fraudulent activity, cyber-attacks or other information or security breaches, whether directed at us or third parties, may result in a material loss or have material consequences. Furthermore, the public perception that a cyber-attack on our systems has been successful, whether or not this perception is correct, may damage our reputation with customers and third parties with whom we do business. A successful penetration or circumvention of system security could cause us negative consequences, including loss of customers and business opportunities, disruption to our operations and business, misappropriation or destruction of our confidential information and/or that of our customers, or damage to our customers’ and/or third parties’ computers or systems, and could expose us to additional regulatory scrutiny and result in a violation of applicable privacy laws and other laws, litigation exposure, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, loss of confidence in our security measures, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensatory costs, additional compliance costs, and could adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology and related services from third-party service providers and we may suffer an interruption in those systems. We also face indirect technology, cybersecurity and operational risks relating to the third parties with whom we do business or upon whom we rely to facilitate or enable our business activities. In addition to customers and clients, the third parties with whom we interact and upon whom we rely include financial counterparties; financial intermediaries such as clearing agents, exchanges and clearing houses; vendors; regulators; providers of critical infrastructure such as internet access and electrical power; and other parties for whom we process transactions. Each of these third parties faces the risk of cyber-attack, information breach or loss, or technology failure. Any such cyber-attack, information breach or loss, or technology failure of a third party could, among other things, adversely affect our ability to effect transactions, service our clients, manage our exposure to risk or expand our businesses. Additionally, interruptions in service and security breaches could damage our reputation, lead existing clients to terminate their business relationships with us, make it more difficult for us to attract new clients and subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possibly financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. 40 We continually encounter technological change, and we may have fewer resources than many of our competitors to invest in technological improvements. The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve clients and to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many national vendors provide turn-key services that allow smaller banks to compete with institutions that have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able, however, to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our clients. Our ability to attract and retain clients and key associates could be adversely affected if our reputation is harmed. Our ability to attract and retain clients and key associates could be adversely affected if our reputation is harmed. Any actual or perceived failure to address various issues could cause reputational harm, including a failure to address any of the following types of issues: legal and regulatory requirements; the proper maintenance or protection of the privacy of client and employee financial or other personal information; record keeping deficiencies or errors; money-laundering; and potential conflicts of interest or ethical issues. Moreover, any failure to appropriately address any issues of this nature could give rise to additional regulatory restrictions, and legal risks, which could lead to costly litigation or subject us to enforcement actions, fines, or penalties and cause us to incur related costs and expenses. In addition, our banking, investment advisory and wealth management businesses are dependent on the integrity of our banking personnel and our investment advisory and wealth managers. Lapses in integrity could cause reputational harm to our businesses that could lead to the loss of existing clients and make it more difficult for us to attract new clients and, therefore, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We may incur significant losses due to ineffective risk management processes and strategies. We seek to monitor and control our risk exposures through a comprehensive risk and control framework encompassing a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, transactional, operational and compliance systems, and internal control and management testing and review processes. However, those systems and review processes and the judgments that accompany their application may not be effective and, as a result, we may not anticipate every economic and financial outcome in all market environments or the specifics and timing of such outcomes, particularly in the event of the kinds of dislocations in market conditions experienced in recent years, which highlight the limitations inherent in using historical data to manage risk. If those systems and review processes prove to be ineffective in identifying and managing risks, or testing scenarios not reveal real-life failures of technology, we could be subjected to increased regulatory scrutiny and regulatory restrictions could be imposed on our business, including on our potential future business lines, as a result of which our business and operating results could be adversely affected. We may incur losses as a result of unforeseen or catastrophic events, including the emergence of a pandemic, terrorist attacks, extreme weather events or other natural disasters. The occurrence of unforeseen or catastrophic events, including the emergence of a pandemic, such as coronavirus, or other widespread health emergency (or concerns over the possibility of such an emergency), terrorist attacks, extreme terrestrial or solar weather events or other natural disasters, could create economic and financial disruptions, and could lead to operational difficulties (including travel limitations) that could impair our ability to manage our businesses. In particular, Colorado, Wyoming, Arizona, and especially California, in which a substantial portion of our business is located, have been susceptible to natural disasters, such as earthquakes, floods, mudslides, and wildfires. The nature and level of such events cannot be predicted. These catastrophic events could harm our operations through interference with technology, including the interruption or loss of our computer systems, telephone communications and other technology-dependent services which could prevent or impede us from gathering deposits, originating loans and processing and controlling our flow of business, as well as through the destruction of facilities and our operational, financial and management information systems. Additionally, natural disasters could negatively impact the values of collateral securing our borrowers’ loans and interrupt our borrowers’ abilities to conduct their business in a manner to support their debt obligations, either of which could result in losses and increased provisions for loan losses for us. 41 We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to real properties that we may acquire. From time to time, in the ordinary course of our business, we acquire, by or in lieu of foreclosure, real properties which collateralize nonperforming loans. As an owner of such properties, we could become subject to environmental liabilities and incur substantial costs for any property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up that may be required due to any environmental contamination that may be found to exist at any of those properties, even if we did not engage in the activities that led to such contamination and those activities took place prior to our ownership of the properties. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties seeking damages for environmental contamination emanating from the site. If we were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities or costs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks. From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts. We may invest significant time and resources in developing and marketing new lines of business or new products and services. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible or may be dependent on identifying and hiring a qualified person to lead the division. In addition, existing management personnel may not have the experience or capacity to provide effective oversight of new lines of business or new products and services. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service and result in consumer harm. Furthermore, any new line of business or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. We rely on customer and counterparty information, which subjects us to risks if that information is not accurate or is incomplete. When deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers or counterparties, we may rely on information provided by or on behalf of those customers and counterparties, including audited financial statements and other financial information. We may also rely on representations made by customers and counterparties that the information they provide is accurate and complete. We conduct appropriate due diligence on such customer information and, where practical and economical, we engage valuation and other experts or sources of information to assist with assessing collateral and other customer risks. Our financial results could be adversely affected if the financial statements, collateral value or other financial information provided by customers or counterparties are incorrect. Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment The financial services industry is highly regulated, and legislative or regulatory actions taken now or in the future may have a significant adverse effect on our operations. The financial services industry is extensively regulated and supervised under both federal and state laws and regulations that are intended primarily to protect clients, depositors, the FDIC deposit insurance fund, and the banking system as a whole, not our shareholders. We are subject to the regulation and supervision of the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the CDB. The banking laws, regulations and policies applicable to us govern matters ranging from the maintenance of adequate capital, safety and soundness, mergers and changes in control to the general business operations conducted by us, including permissible types, amounts and terms of loans and investments, the amount of reserves held against deposits, restrictions on dividends, imposition of specific accounting requirements, establishment of new offices and the maximum interest rate that may be charged on loans. We are subject to changes in federal and state banking statutes, regulations and governmental policies, or the interpretation or implementation of them, and are subject to changes and increased complexity in regulatory requirements 42 as governments and regulators continue reforms intended to strengthen the stability of the financial system and protect key markets and participants. Any changes in any federal or state banking statute, regulation or governmental policy, including changes which occurred in 2019 and may occur in 2020 and beyond during the current and future administration, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including ways that may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and changes to laws and regulations often impose additional compliance costs. In addition, federal and state banking regulators have broad authority to supervise our banking business and that of our subsidiaries, including the authority to prohibit activities that represent unsafe or unsound banking practices or constitute violations of statute, rule, regulation, or administrative order. Failure to comply with any such laws, regulations or regulatory policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, restrictions on our business activities, civil money penalties or damage to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects. Federal and state banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions which we are, or may become, subject to as a result of such examinations may adversely affect us. The Federal Reserve, the FDIC, SEC, and the CDB may conduct examinations of our business, including for compliance with applicable laws and regulations. As a result of an examination, regulatory agencies may determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, asset concentrations, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, sensitivity to market risk, or other aspects of any of our operations are unsatisfactory, or that we or our management are in violation of any law, regulation or guideline in effect from time to time. Regulatory agencies may take a number of different remedial actions, including the power to enjoin "unsafe or unsound" practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to change the composition of our concentrations in portfolio or balance sheet assets, to assess civil monetary penalties against officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, the FDIC may terminate our deposit insurance. A regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. We are subject to more stringent capital requirements. On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve, and on July 9, 2013, the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC"), adopted a final rule that implements the Basel III changes to the international regulatory capital framework and revises the U.S. risk-based and leverage capital requirements for U.S. banking organizations to strengthen identified areas of weakness in capital rules and to address relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule established a stricter regulatory capital framework that requires banking organizations to hold more and higher-quality capital to act as a financial cushion to absorb losses and help banking organizations better withstand periods of financial stress. The final rule increased capital ratios for all banking organizations and introduced a "capital conservation buffer" which is in addition to each capital ratio. If a banking organization dips into its capital conservation buffer, it may be restricted in its ability to pay dividends and discretionary bonus payments to its executive officers. The final rule assigned a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also required unrealized gains and losses on certain "available-for-sale" securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. We exercised this opt-out right in our March 31, 2015 quarterly financial filing. The final rule also included changes in what constitutes regulatory capital. These changes included the phasing-out of certain instruments as qualifying capital. In addition, Tier 2 capital is no longer limited to the amount of Tier 1 capital included in total capital. Mortgage servicing rights, certain deferred tax assets and investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries over designated percentages of common stock are required to be deducted from capital. The final rule became effective for us on January 1, 2015. As of December 31, 2019, we met all of these capital requirements, including the full capital conservation buffer. Although we currently cannot predict the specific impact and long-term effects that Basel III will have on our Company and the banking industry more generally, the Company will be required to maintain higher regulatory capital 43 levels which could impact our operations, net income and ability to grow. Furthermore, the Company’s failure to comply with the minimum capital requirements could result in our regulators taking formal or informal actions against us which could restrict our future growth or operations. New and future rulemaking by the CFPB and other regulators, as well as enforcement of existing consumer protection laws, may have a material and adverse effect on our operations and operating costs. The CFPB has the authority to implement and enforce a variety of existing federal consumer protection statutes and to issue new regulations but, with respect to institutions of our size, does not have primary examination and enforcement authority with respect to such laws and regulations. The authority to examine depository institutions with $10.0 billion or less in assets, like us, for compliance with federal consumer laws remains largely with our primary federal regulator, the FDIC. However, the CFPB may participate in examinations of smaller institutions on a "sampling basis" and may refer potential enforcement actions against such institutions to their primary regulators. In some cases, regulators such as the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Justice also retain certain rulemaking or enforcement authority, and we also remain subject to certain state consumer protection laws. As an independent bureau within the Federal Reserve, the CFPB may impose requirements more severe than the previous bank regulatory agencies. The CFPB has placed significant emphasis on consumer complaint management and has established a public consumer complaint database to encourage consumers to file complaints they may have against financial institutions. We are expected to monitor and respond to these complaints, including those that we deem frivolous, and doing so may require management to reallocate resources away from more profitable endeavors. The level of our commercial real estate loan portfolio may subject us to heightened regulatory scrutiny. The FDIC and the Federal Reserve have promulgated joint guidance on sound risk management practices for financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. Under the guidance, a financial institution that is actively involved in commercial real estate lending should perform a risk assessment to identify potential concentrations in commercial real estate lending. A financial institution may have such a concentration if, among other factors: (i) total outstanding loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of total risk-based capital ("CRE 1 Concentration"); or (ii) total outstanding loans for construction, land development and other land and loans secured by multifamily and non-owner occupied non-farm, non-residential properties (excluding loans secured by owner- occupied properties) represent 300% or more of total risk-based capital ("CRE 2 Concentration") and the institution’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36-month period. In such an instance, management should employ heightened risk management practices, including board and management oversight and strategic planning, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing. As of December 31, 2019, our CRE 1 Concentration level was 54.5% and our CRE 2 Concentration level was 171.4%. We may, at some point, be considered to have a concentration in the future, or our risk management practices may be found to be deficient, which could result in increased reserves and capital costs as well as potential regulatory enforcement action. We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions. The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice, the CFPB and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the Community Reinvestment Act or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Any such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. 44 We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations. The federal Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the Treasury to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the sanctions rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of any financial institutions that we may acquire in the future are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Regulations relating to privacy, information security and data protection could increase our costs, affect or limit how we collect and use personal information and adversely affect our business opportunities. We are subject to various privacy, information security and data protection laws, including requirements concerning security breach notification, and we could be negatively impacted by these laws. For example, our business is subject to the GLB Act which, among other things: (i) imposes certain limitations on our ability to share non-public personal information about our clients with non-affiliated third parties; (ii) requires that we provide certain disclosures to clients about our information collection, sharing and security practices and afford clients the right to "opt out" of any information sharing by us with non-affiliated third parties (with certain exceptions); and (iii) requires we develop, implement and maintain a written comprehensive information security program containing safeguards appropriate based on our size and complexity, the nature and scope of our activities, and the sensitivity of client information we process, as well as plans for responding to data security breaches. Various state and federal banking regulators and states and foreign countries have also enacted data security breach notification requirements with varying levels of individual, consumer, regulatory or law enforcement notification in certain circumstances in the event of a security breach. Moreover, legislators and regulators in the United States and other countries are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, information security and data protection laws that potentially could have a significant impact on our current and planned privacy, data protection and information security-related practices, our collection, use, sharing, retention and safeguarding of consumer or employee information, and some of our current or planned business activities. This could also increase our costs of compliance and business operations and could reduce income from certain business initiatives. This includes increased privacy-related enforcement activity at the federal level, by the Federal Trade Commission, as well as at the state level, such as with regard to mobile applications. Compliance with current or future privacy, data protection and information security laws (including those regarding security breach notification) affecting client or employee data to which we are subject could result in higher compliance and technology costs and could restrict our ability to provide certain products and services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions or results of operations. Our failure to comply with privacy, data protection and information security laws could result in potentially significant regulatory or governmental investigations or actions, litigation, fines, sanctions and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We can be subject to legal and regulatory proceedings, investigations and inquiries related to conduct risk. Such legal and regulatory activities could result in significant penalties and other negative impacts on our businesses and results of operations. At any given time, we can be involved in defending legal and regulatory proceedings and are subject to numerous governmental and regulatory examinations, investigations and other inquiries. The frequency with which such proceedings, investigations and inquiries are initiated have increased over the last few years, and the global judicial, regulatory and political environment generally remains hostile to financial institutions. For example, the U.S. Department of Justice, or the DOJ, conditions the granting of cooperation credit in civil and criminal investigations 45 of corporate wrongdoing on the company involved having provided to investigators all relevant facts relating to the individuals responsible for the alleged misconduct. The complexity of the federal and state regulatory and enforcement regimes in the U.S., means that a single event or issue may give rise to a large number of overlapping investigations and regulatory proceedings, either by multiple federal and state agencies in the U.S. or by multiple regulators and other governmental entities in different jurisdictions. Moreover, U.S. authorities have been increasingly focused on "conduct risk," a term that is used to describe the risks associated with behavior by employees and agents, including third-party vendors, that could harm clients, consumers, investors or the markets, such as failures to safeguard consumers’ and investors’ personal information, failures to identify and manage conflicts of interest and improperly creating, selling and marketing products and services. In addition to increasing compliance risks, this focus on conduct risk could lead to more regulatory or other enforcement proceedings and litigation, including for practices which historically were acceptable but are now receiving greater scrutiny. Further, while we take numerous steps to prevent and detect conduct by employees and agents that could potentially harm customers, investors or the markets, such behavior may not always be deterred or prevented. Banking regulators have also focused on the overall culture of financial services firms. In addition to regulatory restrictions or structural changes that could result from perceived deficiencies in our culture, such focus could also lead to additional regulatory proceedings. First Western Capital Management Company’s business is highly regulated, and the regulators have the ability to limit or restrict, and impose fines or other sanctions on, its business. First Western Capital Management Company, our wholly owned registered investment advisor subsidiary ("FWCM"), is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Advisers Act"), and its business is highly regulated. The Investment Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on registered investment advisers, including fiduciary, trading, record keeping, operational and disclosure obligations. Moreover, the Investment Advisers Act grants broad administrative powers to regulatory agencies such as the SEC to regulate investment advisory businesses. If the SEC or other government agencies believe that FWCM has failed to comply with applicable laws or regulations, these agencies have the power to impose fines, suspensions of individual employees or other sanctions, which could include revocation of FWCM’s registration under, which could be material, the Investment Advisers Act. We are also subject to the provisions and regulations of ERISA to the extent that we act as a "fiduciary" under ERISA with respect to certain of our clients. ERISA and the applicable provisions of the federal tax laws, impose a number of duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of each ERISA plan which is a client, as well as certain transactions by the fiduciaries (and certain other related parties) to such plans. Additionally, like other investment advisory and wealth management companies, FWCM also faces the risks of lawsuits by clients. The outcome of regulatory proceedings and lawsuits is uncertain and difficult to predict. An adverse resolution of any regulatory proceeding or lawsuit against FWCM could result in substantial costs or reputational harm to FWCM and, therefore, could have an adverse effect on the ability of FWCM to retain key relationship and wealth managers, and to retain existing clients or attract new clients, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock The market price of our common stock may be subject to substantial fluctuations, which may make it difficult for you to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired. The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, which may make it difficult for you to resell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired. There are many factors that may affect the market price and trading volume of our common stock, including, without limitation: Actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, financial condition or asset quality; Changes in economic or business conditions; The effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve; 46 Publication of research reports about us, our competitors, or the financial services industry generally, or changes in, or failure to meet, securities analysts’ estimates of our financial and operating performance, or lack of research reports by industry analysts or ceasing of coverage; Operating and stock price performance of companies that investors deemed comparable to us; Additional or anticipated sales of our common stock or other securities by us or our existing shareholders; Additions or departures of key personnel; Prevailing market conditions, including increased general market volatility associated with recent fears of pandemics; Perceptions in the marketplace regarding our competitors or us; Significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving our competitors or us; Other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services; and Other news, announcements or disclosures (whether by us or others) related to us, our competitors, our primary markets or the financial services industry. The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks have experienced substantial fluctuations in recent years, which in many cases have been unrelated to the operating performance and prospects of particular companies. In addition, significant fluctuations in the trading volume in our common stock may cause significant price variations to occur. Increased market volatility may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock, which could make it difficult to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired. The market price of our common stock could decline significantly due to actual or anticipated issuances or sales of our common stock in the future. Actual or anticipated issuances or sales of substantial amounts of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly and make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and on terms that we deem appropriate. The issuance of any shares of our common stock in the future also would, and equity-related securities could, dilute the percentage ownership interest held by shareholders prior to such issuance. In addition, we may issue shares of our common stock or other securities from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments and pursuant to compensation and incentive plans. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares of our common stock, or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of other securities that we may issue may in turn be substantial. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of our common stock or other securities in connection with any such acquisitions and investments. We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares of our common stock issued in connection with an acquisition or under a compensation or incentive plan), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of our securities. The trading volume in our common stock is less than other larger financial institutions. Although our common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the trading volume in our common stock is less than that of other, larger financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired 47 characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the lower trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause the price of our common stock to decline. The obligations associated with being a public company require significant resources and management attention, which will increase our costs of operations and may divert focus from our business operations. As a public company, we face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we did not incur as a private company, particularly after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. We expect to incur substantial costs related to operating as a public company, and these costs may be higher when we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition and proxy and other information statements, and the rules and regulations implemented by the SEC, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the PCAOB and the Nasdaq Global Select Market, each of which imposes additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. As a public company, compliance with these reporting requirements and other SEC and the Nasdaq Global Select Market rules makes certain operating activities more time-consuming, and has caused us to incur significant new legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our operating strategy, which could prevent us from successfully implementing our strategic initiatives and improving our results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with these requirements. We anticipate that these costs will materially increase our general and administrative expenses and such increases will reduce our profitability. If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately and timely. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for evaluating and reporting on that system of internal control. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. As a public company, we are required to make annual assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, when we cease to be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. A significant deficiency is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of the Company’s financial reporting. We have implemented measures designed to address historical internal control significant deficiencies and will continue to implement measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. We will continue to periodically test and update, as necessary, our internal control systems, including our financial reporting controls. In addition, we hired additional accounting personnel as part of our transition from a private company to a public company. Our actions, however, may not be sufficient to result in an effective internal control environment and any future failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could impair the reliability of our financial statements, which in turn could harm our business, impair investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, impair our access to the capital markets, cause the price of our common stock to decline and subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny and/or penalties, and higher risk of shareholder litigation. 48 Securities analysts may not initiate or continue coverage on us. The trading market for our common stock depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have any control over these securities analysts, and they may not cover us. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to publish regular reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price or trading volume of our common stock to decline. If we are covered by securities analysts and are the subject of an unfavorable report, the price of our common stock may decline. Our management and board of directors have significant control over our business. As of December 31, 2019, our directors and executive officers beneficially owned an aggregate of 1,939,597 shares, or approximately 23.6% of our shares of common stock. Consequently, our management and board of directors may be able to significantly affect our affairs and policies, including the outcome of the election of directors and the potential outcome of other matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, such as mergers, the sale of substantially all of our assets and other extraordinary corporate matters. This influence may also have the effect of delaying or preventing changes of control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our other shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in the best interests of our Company. The interests of these insiders could conflict with the interests of our other shareholders, including you. We may issue new debt securities, which would be senior to our common stock and may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. We have issued $6.6 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated notes due 2026. In the future, we may increase our capital resources by making offerings of debt or equity securities, which may include senior or additional subordinated notes, classes of preferred shares or common shares. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution. Preferred shares and debt, if issued, have a preference on liquidating distributions or a preference on dividend or interest payments that could limit our ability to make a distribution to the holders of our common stock. Future issuances and sales of parity preferred stock, or the perception that such issuances and sales could occur, may also cause prevailing market prices for the series of preferred stock and our common stock to decline and may adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital in the financial markets at times and prices favorable to us. Further issuances of our common stock could be dilutive to holders of our common stock. Our common stock is subordinate to our existing and future indebtedness, and is effectively subordinated to all the indebtedness and other non-common equity claims against our subsidiaries. Shares of our common stock represent equity interests in the Company and do not constitute indebtedness. Accordingly, the shares of our common stock rank junior to all of our indebtedness and to other non-equity claims on the Company with respect to assets available to satisfy such claims. Additionally, dividends to holders of the Company’s common stock are subject to the prior dividend and liquidation rights any preferred stock we may issue. The Company’s right to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its subsidiaries upon the subsidiary’s liquidation or otherwise, and thus the ability of the Company’s common shareholders to benefit indirectly from such distribution, will be subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary. As a result, holders of the Company’s common stock will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities and obligations of its subsidiaries, including claims of depositors. We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock. Our articles of incorporation authorize us to issue up to 10 million shares of one or more series of preferred stock. Our board of directors has the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our shareholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. 49 We are dependent upon the Bank for cash flow, and the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions is restricted. Our primary tangible asset is the stock of the Bank. As such, we depend upon the Bank for cash distributions (through dividends on the Bank’s common stock) that we use to pay our operating expenses, satisfy our obligations (including our preferred dividends, subordinated debentures, notes, and our other debt obligations) and to pay dividends on our common stock. Federal statutes, regulations and policies restrict the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions to us. These statutes and regulations require, among other things, that the Bank maintain certain levels of capital in order to pay a dividend. In addition, there are certain restrictions imposed by federal banking laws, regulations and authorities on the payment of dividends by us and by the Bank. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we will not be able to satisfy our obligations or pay dividends on our common stock. Our dividend policy may change without notice, and our future ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictions. We are a separate and distinct legal entity from the Bank. We receive substantially all of our revenue from dividends paid to us by the Bank, which we use as the principal source of funds to pay our expenses and to pay dividends to our shareholders, if any. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay us. If the Bank does not receive regulatory approval or does not maintain a level of capital sufficient to permit it to make dividend payments to us while maintaining adequate capital levels, our ability to pay our expenses and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy in relation to the organization’s overall asset quality, current and prospective earnings and level, composition and quality of capital. The guidance provides that we inform and consult with the Federal Reserve prior to declaring and paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in an adverse change to our capital structure, including interest on the subordinated debentures underlying our trust preferred securities and our other debt obligations. If required payments on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures, held by our unconsolidated subsidiary trusts, or our other debt obligations, are not made or are deferred, or dividends on any preferred stock we may issue are not paid, we will be prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock. Our corporate organizational documents and provisions of federal and state law to which we are subject contain certain provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, make more difficult or prevent an attempted acquisition that you may favor or an attempted replacement of our board of directors or management. Our articles of incorporation and our bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change of control or a replacement of our incumbent board of directors or management. Our governing documents include provisions that: Empower our board of directors, without shareholder approval, to issue our preferred stock, the terms of which, including voting power, are to be set by our board of directors; Provide that directors may only be removed from office for cause; Eliminate cumulative voting in elections of directors; Permit our board of directors to alter, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws or to adopt new bylaws; Prohibit shareholder action by less than unanimous written consent, thereby requiring virtually all actions to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders; Require shareholders that wish to bring business before annual or special meetings of shareholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of shareholders, to provide timely notice of their intent in writing; and 50 Enable our board of directors to increase, between annual meetings, the number of persons serving as directors and to fill the vacancies created as a result of the increase by a majority vote of the directors present at a meeting of directors. Banking laws also impose notice, approval, and ongoing regulatory requirements on any shareholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect "control" of an FDIC-insured depository institution or its holding company. These laws include the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, or the CBCA. These laws could delay or prevent an acquisition. Furthermore, our bylaws provide that the state or federal courts located in Denver County, Colorado, the county in which the city of Denver is located, will be the exclusive forum for: (i) any actual or purported derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty by any of our directors or officers; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or our directors or officers arising pursuant to the Colorado Business Corporations Act, our articles of incorporation, or our bylaws; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or our officers or directors that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. By becoming a shareholder of our Company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our bylaws related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our bylaws may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit and is subject to risk of loss. Our common stock is not a savings accounts, deposits or other obligations of any of our bank or nonbank subsidiaries and will not be insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Your investment in our common stock is subject to investment risk, and you must be capable of affording the loss of your entire investment. ITEM 1B: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2: PROPERTIES Our corporate headquarters is located at 1900 16th Street, Suite 1200, Denver, Colorado 80202. Including our corporate headquarters, the Bank operates fourteen profit centers, which consists of nine boutique private trust bank offices with two locations in Arizona, six locations in Colorado and one location in Wyoming; three loan production offices with one location in Ft. Collins, Colorado, one location in Greenwood Village, Colorado and one in Vail Valley, Colorado; and two trust offices with one location in Laramie, Wyoming, and one location in Century City, California which co-locates with our registered investment advisor, FWCM. We lease all of our locations. We believe that our facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our present needs. The chart below describes our locations, which we believe are strategically located in affluent and high-growth markets in fourteen locations (listed below) across Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming and California: 51 Arizona Phoenix Scottsdale Wyoming California Jackson Hole Century City (3) Laramie (2) Colorado Downtown Denver (1) Aspen Boulder Cherry Creek Denver Tech Center / Cherry Hills Ft. Collins (4) Greenwood Village (4) Northern Colorado Vail Valley (4) (1) Headquarters and co-location of profit center, product groups and support centers (2) Trust office (3) Co-location of trust office and FWCM (4) Loan production office ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings. We are from time to time subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. These claims and litigation may include, among other things, allegations of violation of banking and other applicable regulations, competition law, labor laws and consumer protection laws, as well as claims or litigation relating to intellectual property, securities, breach of contract and tort. We intend to defend ourselves vigorously against any pending or future claims and litigation. At this time, in the opinion of management, the likelihood is remote that the impact of such proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. However, one or more unfavorable outcomes in any claim or litigation against us could have a material adverse effect for the period in which they are resolved. In addition, regardless of their merits or their ultimate outcomes, such matters are costly, divert management’s attention and may materially and adversely affect our reputation, even if resolved in our favor. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. PART II ITEM 5: MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market Information for Common Stock Shares of our common stock, no par value, are traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "MYFW". Holders of Record As of March 9, 2020, there were approximately 145 holders of record of our common stock. 52 Dividend Policy We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock and we do not currently anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be retained to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business or be used for stock buybacks. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be made by our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, general economic conditions, regulatory and contractual restrictions, our business strategy, our ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to our common stock and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. We are not obligated to pay dividends on our common stock and are subject to restrictions on paying dividends on our common stock. As a bank holding company, our ability to pay dividends is affected by the policies and enforcement powers of the Federal Reserve. See "Supervision and Regulation—Regulation of the Company—Dividends." In addition, because we are a holding company, we are dependent upon the payment of dividends by the Bank to us as our principal source of funds to pay dividends in the future, if any, and to make other payments. The Bank is also subject to various legal, regulatory and other restrictions on its ability to pay dividends and make other distributions and payments to us. See "Supervision and Regulation—Regulation of the Bank—Dividends." The present and future dividend policy of the Bank is subject to the discretion of the board of directors. The Bank is not obligated to pay us dividends. As a Colorado corporation, we are subject to certain restrictions on distributions under the Colorado Business Corporation Act. Generally, a Colorado corporation may not make a distribution to its shareholders if, after giving the distribution effect: (i) the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or (ii) the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed, if the corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution. We are also subject to certain restrictions on our right to pay dividends to our shareholders under the terms of our credit agreement with BMO Harris Bank, N.A. Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans The information concerning the ownership of shares of our common stock by certain beneficial owners and management required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, a copy of which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year. 53 The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2019, regarding our equity compensation plans that provide for the award of equity securities or the grant of options to purchase equity securities of the Company to employees and directors of First Western and its subsidiaries: (A) Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options or vesting of outstanding restricted stock grants 712,929 (B) Weighted average exercise (C) Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding price of outstanding options securities reflected in column (A)) 652,269 $ — — 652,269 712,929 29.02 — Plan Category Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders Total Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Total number of shares purchased as part of publically Total number Average of shares purchased price paid announced plans per share or programs Maximum number (or approximate dollar value) of shares that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs October 1, 2019 through October 31, 2019 November 1, 2019 through November 30, 2019 December 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019 — $ 32,164 10,952 — 16.55 16.68 — — — 299,418 267,254 256,302 ITEM 6: SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the sections entitled "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." 54 (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) Selected Period End Balance Sheet Data: Cash and cash equivalents Available-for-sale securities Mortgage loans held for sale Loans(1) Allowance for loan losses Promissory notes from related parties Goodwill Other intangible assets, net Company owned life insurance Other real estate owned, net Total assets Noninterest-bearing deposits Interest-bearing deposits FHLB Topeka borrowings Convertible subordinated debentures Subordinated notes Credit note payable Preferred stock (liquidation preference) Total shareholders’ equity Selected Income Statement Data: Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Trust and investment management fees Net mortgage gain Net realized gain on sale of securities Other Non-interest income Non-interest expense Income before income tax Income tax expense Net income Preferred dividends paid to preferred shareholders Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Per Share Data: Earnings (loss) per share, basic Earnings (loss) per share, diluted Book value per share(2) Preferred dividends per share Weighted average outstanding shares, basic Weighted average outstanding shares, diluted Common shares outstanding, end of period Convertible preferred shares outstanding, end of period Preferred shares outstanding, end of period Summary Performance Ratios: Return on average assets Return on average equity Net interest margin Efficiency ratio(3) Loans to deposits ratio Interest rate spread Non-interest income to average assets Non-interest expense to average assets Non-interest income to total income before non‑ interest expense Summary Credit Quality Ratios: Nonperforming loans to total loans Nonperforming assets to total assets Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans Allowance for loan losses to total loans Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding Other Selected Ratios and Data: Total noninterest‑ bearing deposits to total deposits Interest bearing deposits to total deposits Cost of funds Loan yield Total assets under management Total assets under management yield Summary Capital Ratios: Average equity to average assets ratio Non‑ GAAP Ratios: Tangible common equity(4) Tangible common equity ratio(5) Tangible book value per common share(6) Return on tangible common equity(7) Consolidated: Tier 1 capital ratio CET 1 capital ratio Total risk based capital ratio Leverage ratio Bank: Tier 1 capital ratio CET 1 capital ratio Total risk based capital ratio Leverage ratio 2019 $ 78,638 58,903 48,312 998,007 7,875 — 19,686 28 15,086 658 1,251,682 240,068 846,716 10,000 — 6,560 — — 127,678 45,051 12,990 32,061 662 31,399 18,935 10,585 119 2,755 32,577 53,784 10,192 2,183 8,009 — 8,009 As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2017 2016 2018 $ $ 73,357 43,695 14,832 893,966 7,451 — 24,811 402 14,709 658 1,084,324 202,856 734,902 15,000 — 6,560 — — 116,875 38,796 8,172 30,624 180 30,444 19,165 4,560 — 3,448 27,173 50,195 7,422 1,775 5,647 1,378 4,269 9,502 53,650 22,940 813,689 7,287 5,792 24,811 1,233 14,316 658 969,659 198,685 617,432 28,563 — 13,435 — 24,968 101,846 33,337 5,761 27,576 788 26,788 19,455 3,469 81 4,708 27,713 49,494 5,007 2,984 2,023 2,291 (268) $ 62,685 97,655 8,053 672,815 6,478 10,384 24,811 1,452 13,898 2,836 915,998 195,460 558,440 37,000 4,749 13,150 2,736 25,468 95,928 29,520 5,063 24,457 985 23,472 20,167 6,702 114 2,939 29,922 49,823 3,571 1,269 2,302 2,840 (538) $ 2015 79,636 66,064 19,903 610,416 5,956 19,254 24,811 2,198 10,477 3,016 857,001 148,184 561,753 25,000 14,548 7,625 3,936 28,168 87,259 26,370 3,904 22,466 1,071 21,395 20,863 3,549 717 2,815 27,944 45,636 3,703 1,053 2,650 2,419 231 1.02 1.01 16.08 $ — 7,890,266 7,914,961 7,940,168 — — 0.64 0.63 14.67 $ 22.27 6,712,754 6,754,258 7,968,420 — — (0.05) (0.05) 13.18 $ 37.03 5,586,620 5,586,620 5,833,456 41,000 20,868 (0.11) (0.11) 12.74 $ 42.47 5,120,507 5,120,507 5,529,542 46,000 20,868 0.05 0.04 11.74 $ 25.77 4,863,236 5,863,236 5,033,565 73,000 20,868 0.68 % 6.51 2.99 80.57 91.83 2.62 2.76 4.55 50.92 1.23 1.03 64.18 0.79 0.03 0.55 % 5.18 3.27 85.41 95.33 2.97 2.66 4.92 47.16 2.13 1.82 39.11 0.83 — 0.21 % 2.02 3.15 88.23 99.70 2.91 2.90 5.18 50.85 0.26 % 2.55 3.06 90.44 89.24 2.89 3.34 5.57 56.04 0.52 0.50 172.55 0.90 — 0.54 0.70 179.60 0.96 0.07 0.35 % 3.10 3.28 90.25 85.98 3.15 3.67 6.00 56.64 1.19 1.20 81.69 0.98 0.19 22.09 77.91 1.25 4.49 % 21.63 78.37 0.90 4.36 % 24.35 75.65 0.67 4.11 % 25.93 74.07 0.63 4.10 % 20.87 79.13 0.58 4.22 % $ 6,187,707 $ 5,235,177 $ 5,374,471 $ 4,925,939 $ 4,743,668 0.31 % 0.37 % 0.36 % 0.41 % 0.44 % 10.41 % 10.68 % 10.47 % 10.10 % 11.23 % $ $ 104,411 $ 8.50 % 13.15 $ 7.67 % 91,662 $ 8.65 % 11.50 $ 4.66 % 50,834 $ 5.39 % 8.71 $ (0.53) % 44,197 $ 4.97 % 7.99 $ (1.22) % 32,082 3.87 % 6.37 0.72 % 11.31 11.31 12.87 8.58 11.35 11.35 13.06 9.28 8.79 6.56 11.70 7.41 10.67 10.67 11.53 8.09 % 10.55 10.55 11.47 8.63 % 9.81 9.81 10.75 8.27 % 8.43 6.28 12.07 7.00 9.20 9.20 10.16 7.63 % 7.80 5.15 9.97 6.47 9.54 9.54 10.54 7.97 % (1) Total loans net of loan fees and costs do not include mortgage loans held for sale of $48.3 million, $14.8 million, $22.9 million, $8.1 million, and $19.9 million at December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 55 (2) We calculate book value per share as total shareholders’ equity less preferred stock (liquidation preference), at the end of the relevant period divided by the outstanding number of shares of our common stock at the end of the relevant period. (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. Efficiency ratio is non-interest expense, less intangible amortization and impairment, divided by net interest income (which is pre-provision), plus non-interest income after adjustments for gains on the sale of securities and assets. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures under the caption "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures." Tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. We calculate tangible common equity as total shareholders’ equity, less preferred stock (liquidation preference), goodwill, intangibles held for sale and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures under the caption "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures." Tangible common equity ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. We calculate the tangible common equity ratio as tangible common equity divided by total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets, net. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures under the caption "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures." Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP financial measure. We calculate tangible book value per common share as tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures under the caption "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures." Return on tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. We calculate return on tangible common equity as net income (loss) available to common shareholders (net income (loss) less dividends paid on preferred stock) divided by tangible common equity. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures under the caption "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures." GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures Our accounting and reporting policies conform to GAAP and the prevailing practices in the banking industry. However, we also evaluate our performance based on certain additional financial measures discussed in this Form 10-K as being non-GAAP financial measures. We classify a financial measure as being a non-GAAP financial measure if that financial measure excludes or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding or including amounts, that are not included or excluded, as the case may be, in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time in the United States in our Statements of Income, Balance Sheets or Statements of Cash Flows. Non-GAAP financial measures do not include operating and other statistical measures or ratios or statistical measures calculated using exclusively financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. The non-GAAP financial measures that we discuss in this Form 10-K should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable or other financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate the non-GAAP financial measures that we discuss in this Form 10-K may differ from that of other companies, reporting measures with similar names. It is important to understand how other banking organizations calculate their financial measures with names similar to the non-GAAP financial measures we have discussed in this Form 10-K when comparing such non-GAAP financial measures. 56 Efficiency Ratio. We calculate our efficiency ratio as non-interest expense, less intangible amortization and impairment, divided by net interest income (which is pre-provision), plus non-interest income after adjustments for gains on the sale of securities and assets. The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, adjusted non-interest expense, less intangible amortization (which is a non-GAAP measure), to adjusted non-interest expense, and presents the calculation of our efficiency ratios: (Dollars in thousands) Non‑ interest expense Less: Amortization Goodwill impairment Adjusted non‑ interest expense Net interest income Non‑ interest income Less: Net gain on sale of securities Net gain on sale of assets Adjusted non‑ interest income Total income Efficiency ratio For the Year Ended December 31, 2019 $ 53,784 2018 $ 50,195 2017 $ 49,494 2016 $ 49,823 2015 $ 45,636 374 1,572 $ 51,838 831 — $ 49,364 784 — $ 48,710 747 — $ 49,076 790 — $ 44,846 $ 32,061 32,577 $ 30,624 27,173 $ 27,576 27,713 $ 24,457 29,922 $ 22,466 27,944 119 183 $ 32,275 $ 64,336 — — $ 27,173 $ 57,797 81 — $ 27,632 $ 55,208 114 — $ 29,808 $ 54,265 717 — $ 27,227 $ 49,693 80.57 % 85.41 % 88.23 % 90.44 % 90.25 % Tangible Common Equity and Tangible Common Equity Ratio. We calculate tangible common equity as total shareholders’ equity, less preferred stock (liquidation preference), goodwill, intangibles held for sale and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization. We calculate tangible assets as total assets less goodwill, intangibles held for sale and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization. We calculate the tangible common equity ratio as tangible common equity divided by tangible assets. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible common equity is total shareholders’ equity and the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible assets is total assets. We believe the use of tangible common book value has less relevance for high-fee banks and investment management firms than for most banks, as our goodwill is all associated with highly desirable fee business. We recognize that the tangible common book value per common share measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes from period to period in book value per share exclusive of changes in intangible assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing total book value while not increasing our tangible book value. 57 The following table reconciles and presents, as of the dates set forth below, total shareholders’ equity to tangible common equity, total assets to tangible assets and presents the calculation of the tangible common equity ratio: (Dollars in thousands) Total shareholders’ equity Less: Preferred stock Goodwill Intangibles held for sale Other intangibles, net Tangible common equity Total assets Less: Goodwill Intangibles held for sale Other intangibles, net Tangible assets Tangible common equity ratio 2019 $ 127,678 2018 $ 116,875 2017 $ 101,846 2016 $ 95,928 2015 $ 87,259 As of December 31, — 19,686 3,553 28 $ 104,411 $ 1,251,682 — 24,811 — 402 $ 91,662 $ 1,084,324 24,968 24,811 — 1,233 $ 50,834 $ 969,659 25,468 24,811 — 1,452 $ 44,197 $ 915,998 28,168 24,811 — 2,198 $ 32,082 $ 857,001 19,686 3,553 28 $ 1,228,415 24,811 — 402 $ 1,059,111 24,811 — 1,233 $ 943,615 24,811 — 1,452 $ 889,735 24,811 — 2,198 $ 829,992 8.50 % 8.65 % 5.39 % 4.97 % 3.87 % Tangible Book Value per Common Share. We calculate tangible book value per common share as tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding as detailed in the table below: (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) Total shareholders’ equity Less: Preferred stock Goodwill Intangibles held for sale Other intangibles, net Tangible common equity 2019 127,678 $ $ 2018 116,875 $ As of December 31, 2017 101,846 $ 2016 95,928 $ 2015 87,259 — 19,686 3,553 28 $ 104,411 $ — 24,811 — 402 91,662 $ 24,968 24,811 — 1,233 50,834 $ 25,468 24,811 — 1,452 44,197 $ 28,168 24,811 — 2,198 32,082 Common shares outstanding, end of period 7,940,168 7,968,420 5,833,456 5,529,542 Tangible common book value per share $ 13.15 $ 11.50 $ 8.71 $ 7.99 $ 5,033,565 6.37 Return on Tangible Common Equity. We calculate return on tangible common equity as net income (loss) available to common shareholders (net income (loss) less dividends paid on preferred stock) divided by tangible common equity. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible common equity is total shareholders’ equity. The following table reconciles net income to income (loss) available to common shareholders and presents the calculation of return on tangible common equity: (Dollars in thousands) Net income, as reported Less: preferred stock dividends Net income (loss) available to common shareholders $ Tangible common equity Return on tangible common equity 2019 8,009 — 8,009 $ 104,411 $ As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2018 $ 5,647 1,378 $ 4,269 $ 91,662 2017 $ 2,023 2,291 $ (268) $ 50,834 2016 $ 2,302 2,840 $ (538) $ 44,197 2015 $ 2,650 2,419 $ 231 $ 32,082 7.67 % 4.66 % (0.53) % (1.22) % 0.72 % Pre-tax, Pre-Provision Income. Pre-tax, pre-provision income is income before income tax with provision for loan loss added back. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is net income. We believe pre-tax, pre-provision income provides the readers of the financial statements information on our performance trends absent fluctuations in credit trends and loan balance changes which both drive provision, and elimination of taxes which provides readers more insight into our performance without consideration of changes in statutory tax rates. 58 The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, pre-tax, pre-provision income to net income: (Dollars in thousands) Income before income tax, as reported Provision for loan losses Pre‑ tax, pre‑ provision income For the Year Ended December 31, 2017 2016 2018 2019 2015 $ 10,192 $ 7,422 $ 5,007 $ 3,571 $ 3,703 1,071 $ 10,854 $ 7,602 $ 5,795 $ 4,556 $ 4,774 180 788 662 985 Gross Revenue. Gross revenue is our total income before non-interest expense, less net gains on sale of securities, less net gains on sale of assets, plus provision for loan losses. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total income before non-interest expense. We believe gross revenue provides the readers of the financial statements information on our performance trends absent fluctuations in liquidity and credit trends. The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, gross revenue to total income before non-interest expense: (Dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 For the Year Ended of December 31, Total income before non-interest expense Less: net gain on sale of securities Less: net gain on sale of assets Plus: provision for loan losses $ 63,976 $ 57,617 $ 54,501 $ 53,394 $ 119 183 662 — — 180 81 — 788 114 — 985 49,339 717 — 1,071 Gross revenue $ 64,336 $ 57,797 $ 55,208 $ 54,265 $ 49,693 59 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following discussion contains "forward-looking statements" that reflect our future plans, estimates, beliefs and expected performance. We caution that assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions or beliefs about future events may, and often do, vary from actual results and the differences can be material. See "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements." Also, see the risk factors and other cautionary statements described under the heading "Item 1A – Risk Factors" included in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements except as otherwise required by applicable law. Company Overview We are a financial holding company founded in 2002 and headquartered in Denver, Colorado. We provide a fully integrated suite of wealth management services to our clients including banking, trust and investment management products and services. Our mission is to be the best private bank for the Western wealth management client. We target entrepreneurs, professionals and high-net worth individuals, typically with $1.0 million-plus in liquid net worth, and their related philanthropic and business organizations, which we refer to as the "Western wealth management client." We believe that the Western wealth management client shares our entrepreneurial spirit and values our sophisticated, high-touch wealth management services that are tailored to meet their specific needs. We partner with our clients to solve their unique financial needs through our expert integrated services provided in a team approach. We offer our services through a branded network of boutique private trust bank offices, which we believe are strategically located in affluent and high-growth markets in locations across Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming and California. Our profit centers, which are comprised of private bankers, lenders, wealth planners and portfolio managers, under the leadership of a local chairman and/or president, are also supported centrally by teams providing management services such technology support, human capital and as operations, risk management, credit administration, marketing, accounting/finance services, which we refer to as support centers. From 2004, when we opened our first profit center, until December 31, 2019, we have expanded our footprint into nine full service profit centers, three mortgage loan production offices, two trust offices, and one registered investment advisor located across four states. As of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, we had $1.3 billion in total assets, $64.0 million in total revenues and provided fiduciary and advisory services on $6.2 billion of assets under management ("AUM"). Primary Factors Used to Evaluate the Results of Operations As a financial institution, we manage and evaluate various aspects of both our results of operations and our financial condition. We evaluate the comparative levels and trends of the line items in our consolidated balance sheet and income statement as well as various financial ratios that are commonly used in our industry. The primary factors we use to evaluate our results of operations include net interest income, non-interest income and non-interest expense. Net Interest Income Net interest income represents interest income less interest expense. We generate interest income on interest- earning assets, primarily loans and available-for-sale securities. We incur interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, primarily interest-bearing deposits and borrowings. To evaluate net interest income, we measure and monitor: (i) yields on loans, available-for-sale securities and other interest-earning assets; (ii) the costs of deposits and other funding sources; (iii) the rates incurred on borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities; and (iv) the regulatory risk weighting associated with the assets. Interest income is primarily impacted by loan growth and loan repayments, along with changes in interest rates on the loans. Interest expense is primarily impacted by changes in deposit balances along with the volume and type of interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is primarily impacted by changes in market interest rates, the slope of the yield curve, and interest we earn on interest-earning assets or pay on interest-bearing liabilities. 60 Non-Interest Income Non-interest income primarily consists of the following: Trust and investment management fees—fees and other sources of income charged to clients for managing their trust and investment assets, providing financial planning consulting services, 401(k) and retirement advisory consulting services, and other wealth management services. Trust and investment management fees are primarily impacted by rates charged and increases and decreases in AUM. AUM is primarily impacted by opening and closing of client advisory and trust accounts, contributions and withdrawals, and the fluctuation in market values. Net gain on mortgage loans sold—gain on originating and selling mortgages, origination fees, and borrower credits, less commissions to loan originators, lender credits, document review and other costs specific to originating and selling the loan. The market adjustments for interest rate lock commitments and gains and losses incurred on the mandatory trading of loans are also included in this line item. Net mortgage gains are primarily impacted by the amount of loans sold, the type of loans sold and market conditions. Bank fees—income generated through bank-related service charges such as: electronic transfer fees, treasury management fees, bill pay fees, and other banking fees. Banking fees are primarily impacted by the level of business activities and cash movement activities of our clients. Risk management and insurance fees—commissions earned on insurance policies we have placed for clients through our client risk management team who incorporate insurance services, primarily life insurance, to support our clients’ wealth planning needs. Our insurance revenues are primarily impacted by the type and volume of policies placed for our clients. Income on company-owned life insurance—income earned on the growth of the cash surrender value of life insurance policies we hold on certain key associates. The income on the increase in the cash surrender value is non-taxable income. Net gain on sale of securities/assets—gain on sale of available-for-sale securities and other assets sold. Net gain on sale of securities/assets are primarily impacted by the amount of securities/assets sold, the type of securities/assets sold and market conditions. Non-Interest Expense Non-interest expense is comprised primarily of the following: Salaries and employee benefits—all forms of compensation-related expenses including salary, incentive compensation, payroll-related taxes, stock-based compensation, benefit plans, health insurance, 401(k) plan match costs and other benefit-related expenses. Salaries and employee benefit costs are primarily impacted by changes in headcount and fluctuations in benefits costs. Occupancy and equipment—costs related to leasing our office space, depreciation charges for the furniture, fixtures and equipment, amortization of leasehold improvements, utilities and other occupancy-related expenses. Occupancy and equipment costs are primarily impacted by the number of locations we occupy. Professional services—costs related to legal, accounting, tax, consulting, personnel recruiting, insurance and other outsourcing arrangements. Professional services costs are primarily impacted by corporate activities requiring specialized services. FDIC insurance expense is also included in this line and represents the assessments that we pay to the FDIC for deposit insurance. Technology and information systems—costs related to software and information technology services to support office activities and internal networks. Technology and information system costs are primarily 61 impacted by the number of locations we occupy, the number of associates we have and the level of service we require from our third-party technology vendors. Data processing—costs related to processing fees paid to our third-party data processing system providers relating to our core private trust banking platform. Data processing costs are primarily impacted by the number of loan, deposit and trust accounts we have and the level of transactions processed for our clients. Marketing—costs related to promoting our business through advertising, promotions, charitable events, sponsorships, donations and other marketing-related expenses. Marketing costs are primarily impacted by the levels of advertising programs and other marketing activities and events held throughout the year. Amortization of other intangible assets—primarily represents the amortization of intangible assets, including client lists and other similar items recognized in connection with acquisitions. Goodwill impairment—represents the result of goodwill impairment testing. Testing for impairment occurs annually or following a triggering event. Triggering events can include adverse changes in the general condition of the economy, increased competitive environment, more-likely-than-not expectation of selling or disposing a segment, legal implications, and changes in key personnel. Other—includes costs related to operational expenses associated with office supplies, postage, travel expenses, meals and entertainment, dues and memberships, costs to maintain or prepare OREO for sale, director compensation and travel, and other general corporate expenses that do not fit within one of the specific non-interest expense lines described above. Other operational expenses are generally impacted by our business activities and needs. Operating Segments We measure the overall profitability of operating segments based on income before income tax. We believe this is a more useful measurement as our wealth management products and services are fully integrated with our private trust bank. We allocate costs to our segments, which consist primarily of compensation and overhead expense directly attributable to the products and services within the wealth management, capital management and mortgage segments. We measure the profitability of each segment based on a post-allocation basis, as we believe it better approximates the operating cash flows generated by our reportable operating segments. A description of each segment is provided in Note 19 - Segment Reporting of the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Primary Factors Used to Evaluate our Balance Sheet The primary factors we use to evaluate our balance sheet include asset and liability levels, asset quality, capital, liquidity, and potential profit production from assets. We manage our asset levels to ensure our lending initiatives are efficiently and profitably supported and to ensure we have the necessary liquidity and capital to meet the required regulatory capital ratios. Funding needs are evaluated and forecasted by communicating with clients, reviewing loan maturity and draw expectations, and projecting new loan opportunities. We manage the diversification and quality of our assets based upon factors that include the level, distribution, severity and trend of problem assets such as those determined to be classified, delinquent, nonaccrual, non performing or restructured; the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses; the diversification and quality of loan and investment portfolios; the extent of counterparty risks, credit risk concentrations, and other factors. We manage our liquidity based upon factors that include the level and quality of capital and our overall financial condition, the trend and volume of problem assets, our balance sheet risk exposure, the level of deposits as a percentage of total loans, the amount of non-deposit funding used to fund assets, the availability of unused funding sources and off-balance sheet obligations, the availability of assets to be readily converted into cash without undue loss, the amount of cash and liquid securities we hold, and other factors. 62 Financial institution regulators have established guidelines for minimum capital ratios for banks and bank holding companies. In 2015, we adopted the Basel III regulatory capital framework. At December 31, 2019, the Bank’s capital ratios exceeded the current well capitalized regulatory requirements established under Basel III. Results of Operations Overview The year ended December 31, 2019 compared with the year ended December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we reported income available to common shareholders of $8.0 million, compared to income available to common shareholders for December 31, 2018 of $4.3 million, a $3.7 million, or 87.6% increase. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our income before income tax was $10.2 million, a $2.8 million, or 37.3%, increase from December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, income before income tax increased primarily as a result of a $1.4 million, or 4.7%, increase in net interest income and an increase of $5.4 million, or 19.9%, in non-interest income. The increase in non-interest income was primarily the result of a $252.2 million increase in mortgage loans funded, which resulted in a $6.0 million increase in net gain on mortgage loans sold during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018. The increase in income before income taxes was partially offset by an increase of $3.6 million, or 7.2%, in non-interest expense, which was primarily due to an increase in expenses related to salaries and employee benefits along with a goodwill impairment charge recorded in the amount of $1.6 million during the second quarter of 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net income was $8.0 million, which is an increase over 2018 of $2.4 million, or 41.8%. Net Interest Income The year ended December 31, 2019 compared with the year ended December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, net interest income, before the provision for loan losses, increased $1.4 million, or 4.7%, to $32.1 million. This increase was partially attributable to a $87.6 million increase in average outstanding loan balances compared to December 31, 2018, along with an increase in our average yield on loans to 4.49% for the year ended December 31, 2019 from 4.36% for the year ended December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our net interest margin was 2.99% and our net interest spread was 2.62%. For the year ended December 31, 2018, our net interest margin was 3.27% and our net interest spread was 2.97%. The increase in average loans outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the same periods in 2018 was primarily due to growth in our 1-4 family residential, cash, securities and other, owner occupied CRE, and commercial and industrial loans. Net interest income is also impacted by changes in the amount and type of interest- earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. To evaluate net interest income, we measure and monitor the yields on our loans and other interest-earning assets and the costs of our deposits and other funding sources. Interest income on our available-for-sale securities portfolio increased as a result of higher average investment balances maintained for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018. Our average available- for-sale securities balance during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $53.1 million, an increase of $4.1 million from the year ended December 31, 2018. Interest expense on deposits increased during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018, driven primarily by a 50 bps increase in the average rate on interest bearing deposits due to competitive pressures on new and existing deposit accounts, as well as the impact of an increase in average interest-bearing deposit accounts of $164.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 when compared to the same period in 2018. 63 The following tables present an analysis of net interest income and net interest margin for the periods presented, using average balances for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the interest earned or paid and the average rate earned or paid on those assets or liabilities. As of and For the Year Ended December 31, (Dollars in thousands) Assets Interest-earning assets: Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions Available-for-sale securities(2) Loans(3)(4) Interest-earning assets(5) Mortgage loans held-for-sale(6) Total interest-earning assets, plus mortgage loans held-for-sale Allowance for loan losses Noninterest-earning assets Total assets Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing deposits Federal Home Loan Bank Topeka borrowings Subordinated notes Total interest-bearing liabilities Noninterest-bearing liabilities: Noninterest-bearing deposits Other liabilities Total noninterest-bearing liabilities Shareholders’ equity Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity Net interest rate spread(7) Net interest income(8) Net interest margin(9) 2019 Average Balance(1) Interest Average Earned / Yield / Paid Rate Average Balance (1) 2018 Interest Average Earned / Yield / Paid Rate $ 80,985 $ 1,732 1,274 53,063 42,045 936,821 45,051 1,070,869 1,415 39,436 $ 1,110,305 $ 46,466 (7,639) 79,700 $ 1,182,366 689 37,518 $ 2.14 % $ 1,097 48,963 2.40 37,010 849,263 4.49 38,796 935,744 4.21 3.59 908 21,849 4.18 $ 957,593 $ 39,704 (7,163) 70,090 $ 1,020,520 1.84 % 2.24 4.36 4.15 4.16 4.15 $ $ 798,986 $ 12,263 250 12,217 477 6,560 817,763 $ 12,990 1.53 $ 634,773 $ 6,511 868 45,286 2.05 7.27 793 10,456 1.59 $ 690,515 $ 8,172 1.03 1.92 7.58 1.18 222,058 19,511 241,569 123,034 $ 1,182,366 212,907 8,081 220,988 109,017 $ 1,020,520 $ 32,061 2.62 2.99 % $ 30,624 2.97 3.27 % (1) Average balance represents daily averages, unless otherwise noted. (2) Available-for-sale securities represents monthly averages. (3) Non-performing loans are included in the respective average loan balances. Income, if any, on such loans is recognized on a cash basis. (4) Promissory notes from related parties were reclassed to loans during the year ended December 31, 2018. (5) Tax-equivalent yield adjustments are immaterial. (6) Mortgage loans held-for-sale are separated from the interest-earning assets above, as these loans are held for a short period of time until sold in the secondary market and are not held for investment purposes, with interest income recognized in the net gain on mortgage loans sold line in the income statement. These balances are excluded from the margin calculations in these tables. (7) Net interest spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets (excluding mortgage loans held-for-sale) minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities. (8) Net interest income is the difference between income earned on interest-earning assets, which does not include interest earned on mortgage loans held-for-sale, and expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities. (9) Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets (excluding mortgage loans held-for-sale). 64 The following tables present the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods presented, for each component of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (excluding mortgage loans held- for-sale) and distinguishes between changes attributable to volume and interest rates. Changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be separated have been allocated to volume. (Dollars in thousands) Interest-earning assets: Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions Available-for-sale securities Loans Total increase in interest income Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing deposits Federal Home Loan Bank Topeka borrowings Subordinated notes Total increase in interest expense Increase (decrease) in net interest income Non-Interest Income Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to 2018 Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in: Volume Rate Total Increase (Decrease) $ $ 930 $ 98 3,930 4,958 $ 113 $ 79 1,105 1,297 $ 1,043 177 5,035 6,255 2,520 (678) (283) 1,559 $ 3,399 $ 3,232 60 (33) 3,259 $ (1,962) $ 5,752 (618) (316) 4,818 1,437 $ $ The year ended December 31, 2019 compared with the year ended December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, non-interest income increased $5.4 million, or 19.9%, to $32.6 million. The increase in non-interest income was primarily a result of a $252.2 million increase in mortgage loans funded, which resulted in a $6.0 million increase in net gain on mortgage loans sold during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018. The table below presents the significant categories of our non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. (Dollars in thousands) Non-interest income: Trust and investment management fees Net gain on mortgage loans sold Bank fees Risk management and insurance fees Income on company-owned life insurance Net gain on sale of securities Net gain on sale of assets Total non-interest income ________________ *Not meaningful Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 Change $ % $ 18,935 $ 19,165 $ (230) 6,025 (586) (91) (16) 119 183 $ 32,577 $ 27,173 $ 5,404 10,585 1,173 1,205 377 119 183 4,560 1,759 1,296 393 — — (1.2) % 132.1 (33.3) (7.0) (4.1) * * 19.9 % Trust and investment management fees— For the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018, our trust and investment management fees within our capital management segment decreased by $0.2 million, or 5.9%. The decrease in trust and investment management fees was a result of the sale of our third party administration business and lower yields on assets under management within our capital management segment. Net gain on mortgage loans sold— For the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, our net gain on mortgage loans sold increased by $6.0 million, or 132.1%, to $10.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, our origination volume of mortgage loans sold was $640.6 million and $388.3 65 million, respectively. The net gain on sales of loans will fluctuate with the amount and type of loans sold and market conditions. The increase in gain on mortgage loans sold for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily related to the increase in origination volume in 2019 compared to 2018. The increase in origination volume in 2019 was primarily related to a strong residential real estate market in our footprint, lower market rates and management’s commitment and ability to capitalize on the mortgage environment. Bank fees— For the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018, our bank fees decreased by $0.6 million or 33.3% primarily as a result of lower net fees on treasury management accounts and lower fees generated from correspondent bank stock. Provision for Loan Losses For the year ended December 31, 2019, our provision for loan loss was $0.7 million, the majority of the increase was to our general reserve, resulting from loan growth as well as an increase in our loan loss factors applied to our non- individually evaluated loan pools as a result of a charge off occurring during the year. We have a dedicated problem loan resolution team comprised of associates from our credit, senior leadership, risk and accounting teams that meets frequently to minimize losses by ensuring that watch list and problem credits are identified early and actively worked in order to identify potential losses in a timely manner and proactively manage the corresponding accounts. Non-Interest Expense The year ended December 31, 2019 compared with the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in non- interest expense of 7.2% to $53.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, was primarily due to an increase in expenses related to salaries and employee benefits along with a goodwill impairment charge recorded in the amount of $1.6 million during the second quarter of 2019. The table below presents the significant categories of our non-interest expense for the periods noted: (Dollars in thousands) Non-interest expense: Salaries and employee benefits Occupancy and equipment Professional services Technology and information systems Data processing Marketing Amortization of other intangible assets Goodwill impairment Other Total non-interest expense * Not meaningful Year Ended December 31, Change 2019 2018 $ % $ 31,810 $ 29,771 $ 2,039 (291) 68 (9) 382 39 (457) 1,572 246 $ 53,784 $ 50,195 $ 3,589 5,853 3,451 3,982 2,683 1,253 831 — 2,371 5,562 3,519 3,973 3,065 1,292 374 1,572 2,617 6.8 % (5.0) 2.0 (0.2) 14.2 3.1 (55.0) * 10.4 7.2 % Salaries and employee benefits—The increase in salaries and employee benefits of $2.0 million or 6.8%, was primarily due to an increase in equity compensation and increased earnings which triggered vesting of stock related earnout resulting from the asset purchase of EMC Holdings, LLC, ("EMC"), and additional equity granted in conjunction with company compensation practices, as well as an increase in salaries and benefits primarily related to an increase in headcount. Occupancy and equipment—The decrease in occupancy and equipment of $0.3 million, or 5.0%, was primarily due to lower depreciation expense and costs associated with maintenance and repairs. Data processing—The increase in data processing costs of $0.4 million, or 14.2%, is primarily related to third- party data processing and infrastructure costs driven by higher loan, deposit, and trust accounts in 2019 compared to 2018. 66 Amortization of other intangible assets—The decrease in amortization of other intangible assets of $0.5 million, or 55.0%, was primarily due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized during the year ended December 31, 2019. Goodwill impairment—The increase was due to a goodwill impairment charge of $1.6 million related to the Capital Management segment during the second quarter of 2019. See Note 7 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Other—The increase in other non-interest expense was primarily related to increases in publications and subscriptions, dues and memberships and armored car services and other immaterial net increases. Income Tax During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded an income tax provision of $2.2 million, reflecting an effective tax rate 21.4%. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded an income tax provision of $1.8 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 23.9%. The decline in the effective tax rate was primarily attributable to tax-planning strategies driven by the impact of research and development tax credits. Segment Reporting We have three reportable operating segments: Wealth Management, Capital Management and Mortgage. Our Wealth Management segment consists of operations relating to the Company’s fully integrated wealth management products and services. Services provided include deposit, loan, insurance, and trust and investment management advisory products and services. Our Capital Management segment consists of operations relating to the Company’s institutional investment management services over proprietary fixed income, high yield, and equity strategies, including acting as the advisor of three owned, managed, and rated proprietary mutual funds. Capital Management products and services are financial in nature, with revenues generally based on a percentage of assets under management or paid premiums. Our Mortgage segment consists of operations relating to the Company’s residential mortgage service offerings. Mortgage products and services are financial in nature for which premiums are recognized, net of expenses, upon the sale of mortgage loans to third parties. Services provided by our Mortgage segment include soliciting, originating and selling mortgage loans into the secondary market. Mortgage loans originated and held for investment purposes are recorded in the Wealth Management segment, as this segment provides ongoing services to our clients. The following table presents key metrics related to our segments: Year Ended December 31, 2019 (Dollars in thousands) Income(1) Income (loss) before taxes Profit margin (Dollars in thousands) Income(1) Income (loss) before taxes Profit margin Wealth Management 50,147 7,679 $ $ $ $ 15.3 % Capital Management $ 3,154 (1,527) $ (48.4) % Mortgage Consolidated 10,675 4,040 $ $ 37.8 % 63,976 10,192 15.9 % Year Ended December 31, 2018 Wealth Management 49,640 9,402 $ $ $ $ 18.9 % Capital Management $ 3,350 (738) $ (22.0) % Mortgage Consolidated $ 4,627 (1,242) $ (26.8) % 57,617 7,422 12.9 % (1) Net interest income after provision plus non-interest income. 67 The tables below present selected financial metrics of each segment as of and for the periods presented: Wealth Management (Dollars in thousands) Total interest income Total interest expense Provision for loan losses Net interest income Non-interest income Total income Depreciation and amortization expense All other non-interest expense Income before income tax Goodwill Total assets As of and For the Year Ended December 31, $ 2019 45,051 $ 12,990 662 31,399 18,748 50,147 1,183 41,285 2018 38,796 $ 8,172 180 30,444 19,196 49,640 1,283 38,955 7,679 $ 15,994 $ 9,402 $ $ $ 15,994 $ $ 1,195,679 $ 1,059,557 $ $ Change % Change 6,255 4,818 482 955 (448) 507 (100) 2,330 (1,723) — 136,122 16.1 % 59.0 267.8 3.1 (2.3) 1.0 (7.8) 6.0 (18.3) % — % 12.8 % The Wealth Management segment reported income before income tax of $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $9.4 million, for the same period in 2018. The decrease was primarily driven by increases in interest and non-interest expense, a slight decrease in non-interest income offset by an increase in interest income. The $4.8 million increase in interest expense is primarily due to a 50 bps increase in the average rate on interest bearing deposits due to competitive pressures on new and existing deposit accounts, as well as the impact of an increase in average interest-bearing deposit accounts of $164.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 when compared to the same period in 2018. The increase in other non-interest expense of $2.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, is primarily due to an increase in employee compensation and benefits, professional fees and technology related expenses. The decrease in non-interest income of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 is primarily due to a $0.6 million reduction in bank fees. This was offset by an increase in total interest income of $6.3 million that was primarily related to increases in the average volume of interest-earning assets and yield for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2019, average loans increased $87.6 million and the yield on total interest- earning assets increased to 4.21% from 4.15% as compared to the same period in 2018. Capital Management (Dollars in thousands) Total interest income Total interest expense Provision for loan losses Net interest income Non-interest income Total income Depreciation and amortization expense All other non-interest expense Loss before income tax Goodwill Intangibles held for sale Total assets As of and For the Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ $ $ — — — — 3,154 3,154 270 4,411 (1) (1,527) 3,692 3,553 8,941 $ $ $ Change % Change — % — — — (5.9) (5.9) (48.5) 23.8 (106.9) — — $ — — — — — — (196) 3,350 (196) 3,350 (254) 524 847 3,564 (738) (789) 8,817 $ (5,125) 3,553 (994) (58.1) % * (10.0) % — 9,935 $ * Not meaningful (1) Includes goodwill impairment charge of $1.6 million in the second quarter of 2019. 68 The Capital Management segment reported a loss before income tax of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to a loss of $0.7 million, for the same period in 2018. The increase in other non-interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily driven by a goodwill impairment charge of $1.6 million in the second quarter offset partially by a decrease in operating expenses related to an effort to align the cost structure of the segment with its revenues. Mortgage (Dollars in thousands) Total interest income Total interest expense Provision for loan losses Net interest income Non-interest income Total income Depreciation and amortization expense All other non-interest expense Income (loss) before income tax Goodwill Total assets As of and For the Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ Change % Change $ $ $ — $ — — — 10,675 10,675 218 6,417 4,040 — $ 47,062 $ — $ — — — 4,627 4,627 415 5,454 (1,242) — $ 14,832 $ — — — — 6,048 6,048 (197) 963 5,282 — 32,230 — % — — — 130.7 130.7 (47.5) 17.7 * — % 217.3 % The Mortgage segment reported income before income tax of $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to a loss of $1.2 million for the same period in 2018. The overall increase in non-interest income and non- interest expense is related to an increase in the origination volume of mortgage loans sold. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the origination of mortgage loans sold amounted to $640.6 million, compared with $388.3 million in the prior year period. The growth in mortgage origination is due to favorable housing and interest rate market conditions as well as a strategic move to increase origination volume by mortgage loan originations during the year. Financial Condition The table below presents our condensed consolidated balance sheets as of the dates presented: (Dollars in thousands) Balance Sheet Data: Cash and cash equivalents Investments Loans Allowance for loan losses Loans, net of allowance Mortgage loans held for sale Goodwill & other intangible assets, net Company-owned life insurance Other assets Intangibles held for sale Total assets Deposits Borrowings Other liabilities Liabilities held for sale Total liabilities Total shareholders’ equity Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity * Not meaningful December 31, 2019 2018 $ Change % Change $ 78,638 58,903 998,007 (7,875) 990,132 48,312 19,714 15,086 37,344 3,553 $ 1,251,682 $ 1,086,784 16,560 20,543 117 1,124,004 127,678 $ 1,251,682 $ 73,357 $ 43,695 893,966 (7,451) 886,515 14,832 25,213 14,709 26,003 — $ 1,084,324 $ 937,758 $ $ 21,560 8,131 — 967,449 116,875 $ 1,084,324 $ 5,281 15,208 104,041 (424) 103,617 33,480 (5,499) 377 11,341 3,553 167,358 149,026 (5,000) 12,412 117 156,555 10,803 167,358 7.2 % 34.8 11.6 5.7 11.7 225.7 (21.8) 2.6 43.6 * 15.4 % 15.9 % (23.2) 152.7 * 16.2 9.2 15.4 % 69 Cash and cash equivalents increased by $5.3 million, or 7.2%, to $78.6 million at December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018. During the same period, investments increased by $15.2 million, or 34.8%, to $58.9 million at December 31, 2019. The increase in cash and cash equivalents was primarily due to an increase in deposits at December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018. We continue to manage our balance sheet in an effort to ensure available cash is actively invested for optimal earnings. Total loans increased by $104.0 million, or 11.6%, to $998.0 million at December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to continued organic growth in our market areas and growth in our residential mortgage and construction loans. Mortgage loans held for sale increased $33.5 million, or 225.7%, to $48.3 million at December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018. This was primarily due to an increase in origination volume in 2019 compared to 2018. Goodwill and other intangible assets, net decreased by $5.5 million at December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018 due to amortization on our intangible assets, goodwill impairment of $1.6 million and the reclass of $3.6 million of goodwill to intangibles held for sale (see Note 7 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets). Other assets increased by $11.3 million, or 43.6%, to $37.3 million at December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018. This was primarily related to the recognition of a right-of-use asset and related lease liability upon adoption of ASU 2016-02 as of January 1, 2019. Total deposits increased $149.0 million, or 15.9%, to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018. Total interest-bearing deposits increased $111.8 million, or 15.2%, to $846.7 million and noninterest- bearing deposits increased $37.2 million, or 18.3%, to $240.1 million, during this period. Money market deposit accounts increased $126.1 million, or 25.8%, to $615.6 million at December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018. Time deposit accounts decreased $43.8 million, or 24.5%, to $134.9 million at December 31, 2018. Negotiable order of withdrawal ("NOW") accounts increased $27.1 million, or 41.7%, to $91.9 million compared to December 31, 2018. This increase in money market deposit and NOW accounts was primarily due to continued organic growth in our market areas and a mix shift from less liquid products. The decrease in time deposit accounts was primarily due to a shift in client preference towards more liquid deposit products. Total borrowings decreased $5.0 million, or 23.2%, to $16.6 million at December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018. The decrease was attributable to a $5.0 million decrease in borrowings on our Federal Home Loan bank ("FHLB") line of credit. A FHLB line of credit in the amount of $5.0 million that matured on August 2, 2019 was not renewed. Total shareholders’ equity increased $10.8 million, or 9.2%, to $127.7 million at December 31, 2019. The increase is primarily due to net income of $8.0 million, $2.3 million of stock-based compensation charges, and other comprehensive income, net of tax of $1.4 million. These increases were partially offset by stock repurchases of $0.7 million and $0.1 million of share awards settled. 70 Assets Under Management (Dollars in millions) Managed Trust Balance at Beginning of Period New relationships Closed relationships Contributions Withdrawals Market change, net Ending Balance Yield* Directed Trust Balance at Beginning of Period New relationships Closed relationships Contributions Withdrawals Market change, net Ending Balance Yield* Investment Agency Balance at Beginning of Period New relationships Closed relationships Contributions Withdrawals Market change, net Ending Balance Yield* Custody Balance at Beginning of Period New relationships Closed relationships Contributions Withdrawals Market change, net Ending Balance Yield* 401(k)/Retirement Balance at Beginning of Period New relationships Closed relationships Contributions Withdrawals Market change, net Ending Balance(1) Yield* Total Assets Under Management at Beginning of Period New relationships Closed relationships Contributions Withdrawals Market change, net Total Assets Under Management Yield* For the Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,380 49 (2) 38 (114) 399 1,750 0.17 % 789 139 - 32 (64) 93 989 0.07 % 1,846 109 (72) 145 (257) 238 2,009 0.66 % 356 11 (4) 84 (71) 76 452 0.03 % 864 7 (69) 84 (63) 165 988 0.20 % 5,235 315 (147) 383 (569) 971 6,188 0.31 % $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,438 5 (10) 57 (148) 38 1,380 0.19 % 714 57 (40) 107 (87) 38 789 0.08 % 2,100 159 (249) 259 (345) (78) 1,846 0.76 % 374 2 (8) 143 (149) (6) 356 0.04 % 748 170 (39) 93 (62) (46) 864 0.19 % 5,374 393 (346) 659 (791) (54) 5,235 0.37 % * (1) Trust & investment management fees divided by period-end balance. AUM reported for the current period are one quarter in arrears. Assets under management increased $953.0 million, or 18.2%, to $6.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019. Assets under management decreased $139.0 million, or 2.6%, to $5.2 billion for the year December 31, 2018. The increase in 2019 is primarily due to market gains. The decrease in 2018 was primarily attributable to closed accounts within one profit center due to attrition associated with the relationship of a prior president. Available-for-sale securities Investments we intend to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity, are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded at fair value using current market information from a pricing service, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. All our investments 71 in securities were classified as available-for-sale for the periods presented below. The carrying values of our investment securities classified as available-for-sale are adjusted for unrealized gain or loss, and any gain or loss is reported on an after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. The following table summarizes the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our investment securities as of December 31, 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Investment securities available-for-sale: U.S. Treasury debt Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") mortgage-backed securities—residential Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") mortgage-backed securities—residential Corporate collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMO") and mortgage-backed securities ("MBS") Total securities available-for-sale December 31, 2019 Gross Gross Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Cost Gains Losses Fair Value $ 250 $ 4 $ — $ 254 45,490 157 (335) 45,312 2,935 11 (29) 2,917 10,425 $ 59,100 $ 40 212 $ (45) 10,420 (409) $ 58,903 The following table summarizes the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our investment securities as of December 31, 2018: (Dollars in thousands) Investment securities available-for-sale: U.S. Treasury debt GNMA FNMA Securities issued by U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies Corporate CMO and MBS Total securities available-for-sale December 31, 2018 Gross Gross Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Cost Gains Losses Fair Value $ 250 $ 35,591 4,076 — $ — $ 8 2 (1,597) (208) 250 34,002 3,870 4,525 1,281 $ 45,723 $ 4,302 (223) — 1 1,271 (11) 11 $ (2,039) $ 43,695 The following tables represent the book value of our contractual maturities and weighted average yield for our investment securities as of the dates presented. Contractual maturities may differ from expected maturities because issuers can have the right to call or prepay obligations without penalties. Our investments are taxable securities. Weighted average yields are not presented on a taxable equivalent basis. One Year or Less One to Five Years Five to Ten Years After Ten Years Maturity as of December 31, 2019 Weighted Amortized Average Amortized Average Amortized Average Amortized Average Weighted Weighted Weighted (Dollars in thousands) Available-for-sale: U.S. Treasury debt GNMA FNMA Corporate CMO and MBS $ Total available-for-sale $ Cost Yield Cost Yield Cost Yield Cost Yield — — — — — — % $ — — — — % $ 250 — — — 250 0.01 % $ — — — 0.01 % $ — — — 52 52 — — % $ 45,490 — 2,935 — 10,373 — — % $ 58,798 — % 2.28 0.14 0.66 3.08 % 72 One Year or Less One to Five Years Five to Ten Years After Ten Years Maturity as of December 31, 2018 Weighted Amortized Average Amortized Average Amortized Average Amortized Average Weighted Weighted Weighted (Dollars in thousands) Available-for-sale: U.S. Treasury debt GNMA FNMA Securities issued by U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies Corporate CMO and MBS $ Total available-for-sale $ Cost Yield Cost Yield Cost Yield Cost Yield — — — — — — — % $ — — — — — % $ 250 — — 306 — 556 0.01 % $ — — 0.02 — 0.03 % $ — — — — — — — % $ — — — 35,591 4,076 4,219 — — 1,281 — % $ 45,167 — % 1.90 0.25 0.21 0.08 2.44 % At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of shareholders’ equity. Loan Portfolio Our primary source of interest income is derived through interest earned on loans to high net worth individuals and their related commercial interests. Our senior lending and credit team consists of seasoned, experienced personnel and we believe that our officers are well versed in the types of lending in which we are engaged. Underwriting policies and decisions are managed centrally and the approval process is tiered based on loan size, making the process consistent, efficient and effective. The management team and credit culture demands prudent, practical, and conservative approaches to all credit requests in compliance with the loan policy guidelines to ensure strong credit underwriting practices. In addition to originating loans for our own portfolio, we conduct mortgage banking activities in which we originate and sell, servicing-released, whole loans in the secondary market. Our mortgage banking loan sales activities are primarily directed at originating single family mortgages that are priced and underwritten to conform to previously agreed criteria before loan funding and are delivered to the investor shortly after funding. The level of future loan originations, loan sales and loan repayments depends on overall credit availability, the interest rate environment, the strength of the general economy, local real estate markets and the housing industry, and conditions in the secondary loan sale market. The amount of gain or loss on the sale of loans is primarily driven by market conditions and changes in interest rates, as well as our pricing and asset liability management strategies. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, we had mortgage loans held for sale of $48.3 million and $14.8 million, respectively, in residential mortgage loans we originated. The following table summarizes our loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates indicated, in thousands: $ $ 146,701 (Dollars in thousands) Cash, Securities and Other Construction and Development 1 - 4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Total loans held for investment(1) $ 996,559 Mortgage loans held for sale $ 48,312 28,120 400,134 165,179 127,968 128,457 2019 % 2018 $ % December 31, 2017 $ % 2016 2015 $ % $ % 14.7 % $ 114,165 12.8 % $ 131,756 16.2 % $ 111,966 16.7 % $ 137,523 22.6 % 2.8 40.2 16.6 12.8 12.9 31,897 350,852 173,741 108,480 113,660 3.5 39.3 19.5 12.2 12.7 24,914 282,014 176,987 92,742 104,284 3.1 34.7 21.8 11.4 12.8 39,702 242,221 152,317 62,879 62,940 5.9 36.0 22.7 9.4 9.3 28,632 184,477 142,217 62,893 54,087 4.7 30.3 23.3 10.3 8.8 100.0 % $ 892,795 $ 14,832 100.0 % $ 812,697 $ 22,940 100.0 % $ 672,025 8,053 $ 100.0 % $ 609,829 $ 19,903 100.0 % (1) Loans held for investment exclude deferred costs, net of $1.4 million, $1.2 million, $1.0 million, $0.8 million and $0.6 million as of December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Cash, Securities and Other—consists of consumer and commercial purpose loans that are primarily secured by securities managed and under custody with us, cash on deposit with us or life insurance policies. In addition, loans in this portfolio are collateralized with other sources of consumer collateral and an immaterial amount of each loan may be unsecured. This segment of our portfolio is affected by a variety of local and national economic factors affecting borrowers’ employment prospects, income levels, and overall economic sentiment. 73 Construction and Development—consists of loans to finance the construction of residential and non- residential properties. These loans are dependent on the strength of the industries of the related borrowers and the risks consistent with construction projects. 1-4 Family Residential—consists of loans and home equity lines of credit secured by 1-4 family residential properties. These loans typically enable borrowers to purchase or refinance existing homes, most of which serve as the primary residence of the owner. In addition, some borrowers secure a commercial purpose loan with owner occupied or non-owner occupied 1-4 family residential properties. Loans in this segment are dependent on the industries tied to these loans as well as the national and local economies, and local residential and commercial real estate markets. Commercial Real Estate, Owner Occupied and Non-Owner Occupied—consists of commercial loans collateralized by real estate. These loans may be collateralized by owner occupied or non-owner occupied real estate, as well as multi-family residential real estate. These loans are dependent on the strength of the industries of the related borrowers and the success of their businesses. Commercial and Industrial—consists of commercial and industrial loans, including working capital lines of credit, permanent working capital term loans, business asset loans, acquisition, expansion and development loans, and other loan products, primarily in our target markets. This portfolio primarily consists of term loans and lines of credit which are dependent on the strength of the industries of the related borrowers and the success of their businesses. The contractual maturity ranges of loans in our loan portfolio and the amount of such loans with fixed and floating interest rates in each maturity range, excluding deferred loan fees, as of the date indicated are summarized in the following tables: (Dollars in thousands) Cash, Securities and Other Construction and Development 1 - 4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Total loans Amounts with fixed rates Amounts with floating rates Total loans (Dollars in thousands) Cash, Securities and Other Construction and Development 1 - 4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Total loans Amounts with fixed rates Amounts with floating rates Total loans 74 As of December 31, 2019 One Year One Through After or Less Five Years Five Years Total 145 1,487 125 — 7,785 2,041 270,948 38,436 85,567 13,094 25,934 127,699 126,618 42,401 107,578 $ 2,803 $ 132,157 $ 11,741 $ 146,701 28,120 400,134 165,179 127,968 128,457 $ 12,345 $ 562,387 $ 421,827 $ 996,559 364 $ 309,303 $ 128,452 $ 438,119 $ 558,440 $ 12,345 $ 562,387 $ 421,827 $ 996,559 253,084 293,375 11,981 One Year One Through After As of December 31, 2018 Five Years Five Years Total — 1,217 1,398 276 6,583 735 206,782 71,857 67,620 23,507 88,544 $ 12,272 $ 114,165 31,897 31,162 350,852 142,853 173,741 100,486 108,480 40,584 113,660 83,570 $ 22,823 $ 487,199 $ 382,773 $ 892,795 $ 1,493 $ 277,418 $ 162,574 $ 441,485 451,310 $ 22,823 $ 487,199 $ 382,773 $ 892,795 209,781 220,199 21,330 or Less $ 13,349 $ Non-Performing Assets Non-performing assets include non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs"), loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest, TDRs still accruing interest, and other real estate owned ("OREO"). The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan becomes 90 or more days delinquent unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual status or charged off if collection of interest or principal is considered doubtful. OREO represents assets acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure. The amounts reported as OREO are supported by recent appraisals, with the appraised values adjusted, where applicable, for expected transaction fees likely to be incurred upon sale of the property. We incur recurring expenses relating to OREO in the form of maintenance, taxes, insurance and legal fees, among others, until the OREO parcel is disposed. While disposition efforts with respect to our OREO are generally ongoing, if these properties are appraised at lower-than-expected values or if we are unable to sell the properties at the prices for which we expect to be able to sell them, we may incur additional losses. The amount of lost interest for non-accrual loans was $0.4 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. We had $12.9 million in non-performing assets as of December 31, 2019 compared to $19.7 million as of December 31, 2018. The $6.8 million decrease in our non-performing assets was primarily related to an $11.3 million Cash, Securities, and Other loan that was classified as a non-accrual TDR in 2018 that was paid down to $2.8 million in 2019. This decrease was partially offset by the addition of two Commercial and Industrial loans that were classified as TDRs and were not accruing interest at December 31, 2019. The following table presents information regarding non-performing loans as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Non-accrual loans by category (1) Cash, Securities and Other Construction and Development 1 - 4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Total non-accrual loans TDRs still accruing Accruing loans 90 or more days past due Total non-performing loans OREO Total non-performing assets 2019 2018 As of December 31, 2017 2016 2015 $ 2,803 — — — — 4,412 7,215 5,055 — 12,270 658 $ 12,928 $ 11,252 — — — — 1,735 12,987 4,848 1,217 19,052 658 $ 19,710 $ — — 1,171 — — 1,835 3,006 — 1,217 4,223 658 $ 4,881 $ — — — — — 3,607 3,607 — — 3,607 2,836 $ 6,443 $ 249 — 2,325 225 — 4,492 7,291 — — 7,291 3,016 $ 10,307 Ratio of non-performing loans to total loans(2) Ratio of non-performing assets to total assets Allowance as a percentage of non-performing loans 1.23 % 1.03 64.18 % 2.13 % 1.82 39.11 % 172.55 % 179.60 % 0.54 % 0.70 0.52 % 0.50 1.19 % 1.20 81.69 % (1) All non-accrual loans in 2019 and 2018 are TDRs. See Note 5 – Loans and the Allowance for Loan Losses to the consolidated financial statements. (2) Excludes mortgage loans held for sale of $48.3 million, $14.8 million, $22.9 million, $8.1 million and $19.9 million as of December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Potential Problem Loans We categorize loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of the borrowers to service their debt, such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. We analyze loans individually by classifying the loans by credit risk on a quarterly basis, which are segregated into the following definitions for risk ratings: 75 Special Mention— Loans categorized as special mention have a potential weakness or borrowing relationships that require more than the usual amount of management attention. Adverse industry conditions, deteriorating financial conditions, declining trends, management problems, documentation deficiencies or other similar weaknesses may be evident. Ability to meet current payment schedules may be questionable, even though interest and principal are still being paid as agreed. The asset has potential weaknesses that may result in deteriorating repayment prospects if left uncorrected. Loans in this risk grade are not considered adversely classified. Substandard—Substandard loans are considered "classified" and are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardizes the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans in this category may be placed on non-accrual status and may individually be evaluated for impairment if indicators of impairment exist. Doubtful—Loans graded Doubtful are considered "classified" and have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. However, the amount or certainty of eventual loss is not known because of specific pending factors. Loans not meeting any of the three criteria above are considered to be pass-rated loans. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 non-performing loans of $12.3 million and $19.1 million, respectively, were included in the substandard category in the table below. The following tables present, by class and by credit quality indicator, the recorded investment in our loans as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Cash, Securities and Other Construction and Development 1 - 4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Pass $ 143,898 $ 28,120 395,224 164,021 127,968 114,241 — $ — — 1,158 — — Total $ 973,472 $ 1,158 $ Allowance for Loan Losses As of December 31, 2019 Special Mention Substandard Total Pass As of December 31, 2018 Special Mention Substandard Total 2,803 $ 146,701 $ 102,913 $ — 4,910 — — 14,216 21,929 $ 996,559 $ 859,018 $ 8,117 $ 28,120 400,134 165,179 127,968 128,457 31,897 349,635 165,164 108,480 100,929 — $ — — 8,117 — — 11,252 $ 114,165 31,897 — 350,852 1,217 173,741 460 108,480 — 12,731 113,660 25,660 $ 892,795 The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses, which is a noncash charge to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that a loan balance is confirmed uncollectable. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and dollar volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. 76 The following table presents summary information regarding our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Average loans outstanding(1)(2) Gross loans outstanding at end of period(3) Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period Provision for loan losses Charge-offs: 2019 $ 936,821 $ 998,007 7,451 $ 662 As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2017 $ 740,903 $ 813,689 6,478 $ 788 2016 $ 647,228 $ 672,815 5,956 $ 985 2018 $ 849,263 $ 893,966 7,287 $ 180 2015 $ 563,802 $ 610,416 5,960 $ 1,071 Cash, Securities and Other Construction and Development 1 - 4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Total charge-offs Recoveries: Cash, Securities and Other Construction and Development 1 - 4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Total recoveries Net charge-offs (recoveries) Allowance for loan losses at end of period Ratio of allowance to end of period loan Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans(1)(4) (1) Average balances are average daily balances. 248 — — — — — 248 16 — — — — — 16 — — — — — — — 124 — — — — 687 811 10 — — — — — 10 238 7,875 $ 0.79 % 0.03 % — — — — — — — 16 7,451 $ 0.83 % — % 10 — 11 — — — 21 (21) 7,287 $ 0.90 % — % 17 163 33 135 — — 348 463 6,478 $ 0.96 % 0.07 % $ — — 4 938 — 375 1,317 116 — 126 — — — 242 1,075 5,956 0.98 % 0.19 % (2) Excludes average outstanding balances of mortgage loans held for sale of $39.4 million, $21.8 million, $12.7 million, $19.0 million and $8.8 million for the years ended for December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. (3) Excludes mortgage loans held for sale of $48.3 million, $14.8 million, $22.9 million, $8.1 million, and $19.9 million as of December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. (4) The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans is negligible or immaterial. The following tables represent the allocation of the allowance for loan losses among loan categories and other summary information. The allocation for loan losses by category should neither be interpreted as an indication of future charge-offs, nor as an indication that charge-offs in future periods will necessarily occur in these amounts or in the indicated proportions. The allocation of a portion of the allowance for loan losses to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories. 2019 2018 As of December 31, 2017 2016 2015 (Dollars in thousands) Cash, Securities and Other Construction and development 1 - 4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Total allowance for loan losses Amount %(1) $ 1,058 200 2,850 1,176 911 1,680 $ 7,875 Amount %(1) Amount %(1) Amount %(1) Amount %(1) 16.2 % $ 3.1 34.7 21.8 11.4 12.8 16.7 % $ 1,175 242 5.9 1,539 36.0 1,199 22.7 531 9.4 1,270 9.3 100.0 % $ 5,956 12.8 % $ 1,066 202 3.5 2,283 39.3 1,433 19.5 751 12.2 1,552 12.7 100.0 % $ 7,287 846 301 1,833 1,153 476 1,869 100.0 % $ 6,478 14.7 % $ 2.8 40.2 16.6 12.8 12.9 764 232 2,552 1,264 789 1,850 100.0 % $ 7,451 22.6 % 4.7 30.3 23.3 10.3 8.8 100.0 % (1) Represents the percentage of loans to total loans in the respective category. 77 Deferred Tax Assets, Net Deferred tax assets, net represent the differences in timing of when items are recognized for GAAP purposes and when they are recognized for tax purposes, as well as our net operating losses. As a result of book and tax basis differences, our deferred tax assets, net for year ended December 31, 2019 increased $0.7 million from December 31, 2018. Deposits Our deposit products include money market accounts, time-deposit accounts (typically certificates of deposit), NOW accounts (checking accounts), and saving accounts. Our accounts are federally insured by the FDIC up to the legal maximum. Total deposits increased by $149.0 million, or 15.9%, to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2019 from December 31, 2018. Total average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $1.02 billion, an increase of $173.4 million, or 20.5%, compared to $847.7 million as of December 31, 2018. The increases are primarily due to our general deposit growth initiatives, the cross-selling of products, the skills of our sales and service team, as well as additional deposits added from our trust and investment management relationships for which we also provide deposit products. The increase in average rates in 2019 was driven primarily by competitive pressures on new and existing deposit accounts. The following table presents the average balances and average rates paid on deposits for the periods below: (Dollars in thousands) Deposits Money market deposit accounts Negotiable order of withdrawal accounts Certificates and other time deposits > $250k Certificates and other time deposits < $250k Total time deposits Savings accounts Total interest-bearing deposits Noninterest-bearing accounts Total deposits As of and For the Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 Average Balance Average Rate Average Balance Average Rate $ 548,776 77,071 52,593 117,585 170,178 2,961 798,986 222,058 $ 1,021,044 1.57 % $ 392,619 70,364 0.32 83,074 2.10 1.96 87,095 170,169 2.01 1,621 0.20 634,773 1.53 212,907 1.20 % $ 847,680 1.10 % 0.19 1.45 0.98 1.21 0.09 1.03 0.77 % Average noninterest-bearing deposits to average total deposits was 21.7% and 25.1% for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Our average cost of funds was 1.25% and 0.90% during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The increase in our cost of funds for 2019 from 2018 was primarily due to an increase in average rates on interest-bearing deposits to 1.53% during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 1.03% in 2018. This increase is primarily due to competitive pressures on new and existing deposit accounts. Total money market accounts as of December 31, 2019 were $615.6 million, an increase of $126.1 million, or 25.8%, compared to $489.5 million as of December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to continued growth in our market areas and a mix shift from less liquid products. Negotiable order of withdrawal accounts increased $27.1 million, or 41.7%, to $91.9 million compared to December 31, 2018. This increase in money market deposit and NOW accounts was primarily due to continued organic growth in our market areas and a mix shift from less liquid products. Total time deposits as of December 31, 2019 were $134.9 million, a decrease of $43.8 million, or 24.5%, compared to December 31, 2018. The decrease in time deposit accounts was primarily due to a shift in client preference towards more liquid products. 78 The following table represents the amount of certificates of deposit by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Time, $250,000 and over Other Total Borrowings As of December 31, 2019 Maturity Within: Three Months or Less Three to Six Months Six to 12 Months After 12 Months $ $ 7,276 8,887 16,163 $ $ 10,684 44,873 55,557 $ $ 21,187 10,912 32,099 $ $ 22,448 8,646 31,094 $ Total 61,595 73,318 $ 134,913 We have short-term and long-term borrowing sources available to supplement deposits and meet our liquidity needs. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, borrowings totaled $16.6 million and $21.6 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we redeemed our subordinated notes due 2020 with proceeds from our initial public offering. The table below presents balances of each of the borrowing facilities as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Borrowings FHLB Topeka borrowings Subordinated notes December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ 10,000 $ 6,560 16,560 $ 15,000 6,560 21,560 FHLB Topeka. We have a blanket pledge and security agreement with FHLB Topeka that requires certain loans and securities to be pledged as collateral for any outstanding borrowings under the agreement. The collateral pledged as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 amounted to $515.5 million and $475.4 million, respectively. Based on this collateral and the Company’s holdings of FHLB Topeka stock, the Company was eligible to borrow an additional $349.9 million at December 31, 2019. (Dollars in thousands) Short-term borrowings: Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period Balance outstanding at end of period Average outstanding during the period Average interest rate during the period Average interest rate at the end of the period As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2019 $ $ 30,925 10,000 11,904 2.29 % 1.94 % As of December 31, 2019, the Bank had borrowing capacity associated with three unsecured federal funds lines of credit up to $10.0 million, $19.0 million, and $25.0 million. As of December 31, 2018, the Bank had borrowing capacity associated with three unsecured federal funds lines of credit up to $10.0 million, $13.0 million, and $25.0 million. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no amounts drawn on any of the federal funds lines. Our borrowing facilities include various financial and other covenants, including, but not limited to, a requirement that the Bank maintains regulatory capital that is deemed "well capitalized" by federal banking agencies. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with the covenant requirements. Liquidity and Capital Resources Liquidity resources primarily include interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits which primarily contribute to our ability to raise funds to support asset growth, acquisitions, and meet deposit withdrawals and other 79 payment obligations. Access to purchased funds primarily include the ability to borrow from FHLB Topeka and from correspondent banks. The following table illustrates, during the periods presented, the composition of our funding sources and the average assets in which those funds are invested as a percentage of average total assets for the period indicated. Sources of Funds: Deposits: Noninterest-bearing Interest-bearing FHLB Subordinated notes Other liabilities Shareholders’ equity Total Uses of Funds: Total loans Available-for-sale securities Mortgage loans held for sale Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions Noninterest-earning assets Total Average noninterest-bearing deposits to total average deposits Average loans to total average deposits Average interest-bearing deposits to total average deposits Average Percentage for the Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 18.78 % 67.58 1.03 0.55 1.65 10.41 100.00 % 78.58 4.49 3.34 6.85 6.74 100.00 % 21.75 % 91.75 78.25 % 20.86 % 62.20 4.44 1.03 0.79 10.68 100.00 % 82.52 4.80 2.13 3.68 6.87 100.00 % 25.12 % 100.19 74.88 % Our primary source of funds is interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits, and our primary use of funds is loans. We do not expect a change in the primary source or use of our funds in the foreseeable future. Capital Resources Total shareholders’ equity increased $10.8 million, or 9.2%, to $127.7 million at December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018. The increase is primarily due to net income of $8.0 million, $2.3 million of stock-based compensation charges, and other comprehensive income, net of tax of $1.4. These increases were partially offset by stock repurchases of $0.7 million and $0.1 million of share awards settled. We are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements at a consolidated level and the bank level. These requirements are administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital levels are viewed as important indicators of an institution’s financial soundness by banking regulators. Generally, FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies are required to maintain minimum capital relative to the amount and types of assets they hold. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, our holding company and Bank were in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital requirements, and the Bank was classified as "well capitalized," for purposes of the prompt corrective action regulations. As we continue to grow our operations and maintain capital requirements, our regulatory capital levels may decrease depending on our level of earnings. We continue to monitor growth and control our capital activities in order to remain in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital standards. 80 The following table presents our regulatory capital ratios for the dates noted. (Dollars in thousands) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets Bank Consolidated Company Common Equity Tier 1(CET1) to risk-weighted assets Bank Consolidated Company Total capital to risk-weighted assets Bank Consolidated Company Tier 1 capital to average assets Bank Consolidated Company December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Amount Ratio Amount Ratio $ 99,461 105,821 10.67 % $ 11.31 87,291 94,335 10.55 % 11.35 99,461 105,821 107,509 120,429 10.67 11.31 11.53 12.87 87,291 94,335 94,906 108,510 10.55 11.35 11.47 13.06 99,461 105,821 $ 8.09 8.58 % $ 87,291 94,335 8.63 9.28 % Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements We enter into credit-related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. Commitments may expire without being utilized. Our exposure to loan loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments, although material losses are not anticipated. We follow the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments. The following table presents future contractual obligations to make future payments for the periods indicated (amounts in thousands). 1 Year or Less More than 1 Year but Less than 3 Years As of December 31, 2019 More than 3 Years but Less than 5 Years 5 Years or More FHLB Topeka Subordinated notes Time deposits Minimum lease payments Total $ $ 10,000 — 103,819 3,446 117,265 $ $ — — 18,278 5,514 23,792 $ $ — — 12,816 4,548 17,364 $ $ $ — 6,560 (1) — 1,256 7,816 $ Total 10,000 6,560 134,913 14,764 166,237 (1) Reflects a contractual maturity date of December 31, 2026. The following tables present financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk, as of the dates indicated. December 31, 2019 2018 Unused lines of credit Standby letters of credit Commitments to make loans to sell Fixed Rate Variable Rate Fixed Rate Variable Rate $ 32,896 $ 290,653 $ 33,571 $ 271,580 23,508 — 1,759 $ 47,354 $ — $ 17,207 $ 24,197 40 We may enter into contracts for services in the conduct of ordinary business operations, which may require payment for services to be provided in the future and may contain penalty clauses for early termination of the contracts. We do not believe these off-balance sheet arrangements have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources. However, there can be no assurance that such arrangements will not have an effect on future operations. 81 Critical Accounting Policies Our accounting policies and procedures are described in Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market prices and rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. Our market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in lending, investing and deposit taking activities. To that end, management actively monitors and manages interest rate risk exposure. We do not have any market risk sensitive instruments entered into for trading purposes. Management uses various asset/liability strategies to manage the re-pricing characteristics of our assets and liabilities designed to ensure that exposure to interest rate fluctuations is limited within established guidelines of acceptable levels of risk-taking. The board of directors monitors interest rate risk by analyzing the potential impact on the net economic value of equity and net interest income from potential changes in interest rates, and considers the impact of alternative strategies or changes in balance sheet structure. We manage our balance sheet in part to maintain the potential impact on economic value of equity and net interest income within acceptable ranges despite changes in interest rates. Our exposure to interest rate risk is reviewed at least quarterly by the board of directors. Interest rate risk exposure is measured using interest rate sensitivity analysis to determine the change in economic value of equity in the event of hypothetical changes in interest rates. If potential changes to net economic value of equity and net interest income resulting from hypothetical interest rate changes are not within the limits established by our board of directors, the board of directors may direct management to adjust the asset and liability mix to bring interest rate risk within board-approved limits. The following tables summarize the sensitivity in net interest income and fair value of equity as of the dates indicated, using a parallel ramp scenario. As of December 31, 2019 As of December 31, 2018 Change in Interest Rates (Basis Points) 200 100 Base −100 −200 Percent Change Percent Change Percent Change Percent Change in Fair Value of Equity in Fair Value of Equity in Net Interest Income in Net Interest Income (2.97) % (1.18) — (0.16) 0.46 % (3.45) % (0.13) — (9.99) (23.51) % (3.48) % (1.12) — 2.74 0.76 % (8.18) % (2.69) — (0.02) (10.68) % The model simulations as of December 31, 2019 imply that our balance sheet is more neutral compared to our balance sheet as of December 31, 2018. Although the simulation model is useful in identifying potential exposure to interest rate changes, actual results for net interest income and economic value of equity may differ. There are a variety of factors that can impact the outcomes such as timing and magnitude of interest rate changes, asset and liability mix, pre-payment speeds, deposit beta assumptions, and decay rates that differ from our projections. Additionally, the results do not account for actions implemented to manage our interest rate risk exposure. Impact of Inflation Our consolidated financial statements and related notes included within this Form 10-K have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative value of money over time due to inflation or recession. 82 Our assets and liabilities are substantially monetary in nature. Therefore, changes in interest rates can significantly impact on our performance beyond the general effects of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or magnitude as prices of general goods and services, while other operating expenses can be correlated with the impact of general levels of inflation. . 83 ITEM 8: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Our financial statements and accompanying notes, including the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, are set forth on pages F-1 to F-45 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Audited Financial Statements Description Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Page Number F-1 F-2 F-3 F-4 F-5 F-6 F-7 84 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Shareholders and the Board of Directors First Western, Financial, Inc. Denver, Colorado Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First Western Financial, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. /s/ Crowe LLP We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013. Denver, Colorado March 12, 2020 F-1 FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share amounts) ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents: Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions Total cash and cash equivalents Available-for-sale securities, at fair value Correspondent bank stock, at cost Mortgage loans held for sale Loans, net of allowance of $7,875 and $7,451 Premises and equipment, net Accrued interest receivable Accounts receivable Other receivables Other real estate owned, net Goodwill Other intangible assets, net Deferred tax assets, net Company-owned life insurance Other assets Intangibles held for sale Total assets LIABILITIES Deposits: Noninterest-bearing Interest-bearing Total deposits Borrowings: Federal Home Loan Bank Topeka borrowings Subordinated notes Accrued interest payable Other liabilities Liabilities held for sale Total liabilities COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 $ $ $ 4,180 $ 74,458 78,638 58,903 585 48,312 990,132 5,218 3,048 5,238 1,006 658 19,686 28 5,047 15,086 16,544 3,553 1,251,682 $ 240,068 $ 846,716 1,086,784 10,000 6,560 299 20,244 117 1,124,004 1,574 71,783 73,357 43,695 2,488 14,832 886,515 6,100 2,844 4,492 1,391 658 24,811 402 4,306 14,709 3,724 — 1,084,324 202,856 734,902 937,758 15,000 6,560 231 7,900 — 967,449 SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Preferred stock - no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 0 issued and outstanding Convertible preferred stock - no par value; 150,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding Common stock - no par value; 90,000,000 shares authorized; 7,940,168 and 7,968,420 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively Additional paid-in capital Accumulated deficit Accumulated other comprehensive loss Total shareholders’ equity Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity — — — — — 142,797 (14,955) (164) 127,678 1,251,682 $ — 141,359 (23,199) (1,285) 116,875 1,084,324 $ See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-2 FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (in thousands, except per share amounts) Year Ended December 31, 2018 2019 Interest and dividend income: Loans, including fees Investment securities Federal funds sold and other Total interest and dividend income Interest expense: Deposits Other borrowed funds Total interest expense Net interest income Less: provision for loan losses Net interest income, after provision for loan losses Non-interest income: Trust and investment management fees Net gain on mortgage loans sold Bank fees Risk management and insurance fees Income on company-owned life insurance Net gain on sale of securities Net gain on sale of assets Total non-interest income Total income before non-interest expense Non-interest expense: Salaries and employee benefits Occupancy and equipment Professional services Technology and information systems Data processing Marketing Amortization of other intangible assets Goodwill impairment Other Total non-interest expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Preferred stock dividends Net income available to common shareholders Earnings per common share: Basic Diluted $ 42,045 $ 1,274 1,732 45,051 12,263 727 12,990 32,061 662 31,399 18,935 10,585 1,173 1,205 377 119 183 32,577 63,976 31,810 5,562 3,519 3,973 3,065 1,292 374 1,572 2,617 53,784 10,192 2,183 8,009 — 8,009 $ 1.02 $ 1.01 $ $ $ $ 37,010 1,097 689 38,796 6,511 1,661 8,172 30,624 180 30,444 19,165 4,560 1,759 1,296 393 — — 27,173 57,617 29,771 5,853 3,451 3,982 2,683 1,253 831 — 2,371 50,195 7,422 1,775 5,647 (1,378) 4,269 0.64 0.63 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-3 FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (in thousands) Net income Other comprehensive income (loss) items: Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings Total other comprehensive income (loss) items Income tax provision Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings Income tax effect Total other comprehensive income (loss) Comprehensive income Year Ended December 31, 2018 2019 $ 8,009 $ 5,647 1,712 119 1,831 (450) (25) (475) 1,356 9,365 $ (482) - (482) 125 - 125 (357) 5,290 $ See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-4 FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (in thousands, except share amounts) Shares Convertible Preferred Preferred Common Stock Stock Stock Additional Paid-In Accumulated Comprehensive Income (loss) Capital Deficit Total Accumulated Other Balance at January 1, 2018 20,868 41,000 5,833,456 $ 130,070 $ (27,296) $ (928) $ 101,846 Net income Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs of $4,411 Make whole share issuance Preferred stock Series A-C redemption Preferred stock Series D redemption Other comprehensive loss, net of tax Settlement of share awards Reclassification on unrealized loss on equity securities Stock-based compensation Preferred stock dividends Balance at December 31, 2018 Net income Other comprehensive income, net of tax Settlement of share awards Adoption of ASU 2018-02 Stock repurchases Stock-based compensation Balance at December 31, 2019 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 5,647 — 5,647 — — (20,868) — — — — — — (41,000) — — 1,989,017 128,978 — — — 16,969 — — — — — — 34,450 — (20,783) (4,054) — (181) — 1,857 — — — (85) (46) — — (41) — (1,378) — — — — (398) — 34,450 — (20,868) (4,100) (398) (181) 41 — — — 1,857 (1,378) — 7,968,420 $ 141,359 $ (23,199) $ (1,285) $ 116,875 — — — — — — — — 15,446 — (43,698) — — — (110) — (743) 2,291 8,009 — — 235 — — — 1,356 — (235) — — 8,009 1,356 (110) — (743) 2,291 — 7,940,168 $ 142,797 $ (14,955) $ (164) $ 127,678 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-5 FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) Cash flows from operating activities Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Year Ended December 31, 2018 2019 $ 8,009 $ 5,647 Depreciation and amortization Deferred income tax expense (benefit) Stock-based compensation Provision for loan losses Net amortization of investment securities Stock dividends received on correspondent bank stock Increase in cash surrender value of company-owned life insurance Net gain on mortgage loans sold Origination of mortgage loans held for sale Proceeds from mortgage loans sold Gain on sale of securities Gain on sale of assets Loss on impairment of goodwill Net changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable Accrued interest receivable and other assets Accrued interest payable and other liabilities Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Activity in available-for-sale securities: Maturities, prepayments, and calls Sales Purchases Purchases of correspondent bank stock Redemption of correspondent bank stock Purchases of premises and equipment Payments received on promissory notes from related parties Loan and note receivable originations and principal collections, net Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Net change in deposits Payments on subordinated notes Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net Repurchase of common stock Settlement of restricted stock Dividends paid on preferred stock Redemption of preferred stock Series A-C Redemption of preferred stock Series D Redemption costs Payments to Federal Home Loan Bank Topeka borrowings Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank Topeka borrowings Net cash provided by financing activities Net change in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents, end of period Supplemental cash flow information: Interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities Income tax payment, net of refunds received Supplemental noncash disclosures: Lease right-of-use-asset obtained in exchange for lease liabilities Reclass of held for sale intangibles net of liabilities Adoption of ASU 2018-02 - Reclassification of stranded tax effects Reclass of promissory note to loans Available-for-sale reclass of equity securities Reclass of unrealized loss on equity securities 1,671 (1,216) 2,291 662 226 (29) (377) (10,585) (640,575) 616,154 (119) (183) 1,572 (746) 173 1,559 (21,513) 9,598 7,506 (31,063) (1,286) 3,218 (415) — (103,937) (116,379) 149,026 — — (743) (110) — — — — (72,346) 67,346 143,173 5,281 73,357 78,638 12,922 5,351 2,476 16,580 3,436 235 — — — $ $ 2,222 1,806 1,857 180 178 (136) (393) (4,560) (388,348) 400,865 — — — 1,100 (1,051) (1,567) 17,800 13,040 — (250) (6,609) 5,812 (714) 3,701 (78,051) (63,071) 121,641 (6,875) 34,450 — (181) (1,378) (20,783) (4,054) (131) (297,866) 284,303 109,126 63,855 9,502 73,357 8,138 — 439 — — — 2,091 703 41 $ $ See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-6 FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Business and Basis of Presentation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of First Western Financial, Inc. ("FWFI"), incorporated in Colorado on July 18, 2002, and its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries listed below (collectively referred to as the "Company"). FWFI is a bank holding company with financial holding company status registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. FWFI wholly owns the following subsidiaries: First Western Trust Bank (the "Bank"), First Western Capital Management Company ("FWCM"), and Ryder, Stilwell Inc. ("RSI"). The Bank wholly owns the following subsidiaries, which are therefore indirectly wholly-owned by FWFI: First Western Merger Corporation, and RRI, LLC ("RRI"). RSI and RRI are not active operating entities. The Company provides a fully-integrated suite of wealth management services including private banking, personal trust, investment management, mortgage loans, and institutional asset management services to individual and corporate customers principally in Colorado (metro Denver, Aspen, Boulder, Vail and Fort Collins), Arizona (Phoenix and Scottsdale), California (Century City, Los Angeles) and Wyoming (Jackson Hole and Laramie). The Company’s revenues are generated from its full range of product offerings as noted above, but principally from net interest income (the interest income earned on the Bank’s assets net of funding costs), fee-based wealth advisory, investment management, asset management and personal trust services, and net gains earned on selling mortgage loans. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") for financial information and where applicable, reporting practices prescribed for the banking and investment advisory industries. Consolidation: The Company’s policy is to consolidate all majority-owned subsidiaries in which it has a controlling financial interest and variable-interest entities where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Use of Estimates: To prepare financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the disclosures provided, and actual results could differ. Concentration of Credit Risk: Most of the Company’s lending activity is to customers located in and around Denver, Colorado; Phoenix and Scottsdale, Arizona; and Jackson Hole, Wyoming. The Company does not believe it has significant concentrations in any one industry or customer. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, 71.7% and 73.6% of the Company’s loan portfolio was secured by real estate collateral. Declines in real estate values in the primary markets the Company operates in could negatively impact the Company. Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits at other financial institutions with original maturities fewer than 90 days, and federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, interest bearing deposits in other financial institutions, and federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements. Investment Securities: Investments in debt securities the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity, are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, all investment securities were classified as available-for-sale. As of December 31, 2019, equity mutual funds have been recorded at fair value within the other assets line item in the consolidated balance sheet with changes recorded in the other line item in the consolidated statement of income (in thousands). F-7 Net purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities, without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Declines in the fair value of available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other-than- temporary are recorded in earnings as realized losses in noninterest income. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") on a quarterly basis, or more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to loss on securities, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). The loan loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, no securities were determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method. Correspondent Bank Stock: Correspondent bank stock includes stock in both the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka ("FHLB Topeka") and Bankers’ Bank of the West ("BBW"), which are considered restricted securities because the Company may be required to hold the stock in order to maintain the correspondent banking relationship with these institutions. No ready market exists for the stock and therefore, no quoted market values exist. For financial reporting purposes, this stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. No impairment was recorded at December 31, 2019 and 2018. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income when received. Mortgage Loans Held for Sale: Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded and charged to earnings. Servicing rights are released when the associated mortgage loans are sold. Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold. Loans: Loans the Company has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, until maturity, or until payoff are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, adjusted for charge-offs and recoveries, net of deferred loan fees and costs, and the allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on unpaid principal balances. Fees received at origination, net of certain direct origination costs for providing loan commitments and letters of credit that result in loans, are deferred and amortized to interest income, using the level yield method without anticipating prepayments, over the life of the related loan or until payoff, at which time the remaining unamortized fee is recorded as interest income. Fees net of certain direct origination costs on commitments and letters of credit are amortized to interest income over the commitment period. Past Due Loans: The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan becomes 90 days delinquent unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged off if collection of interest or principal is considered doubtful. Interest accrued but not collected is charged off against interest income at the time a loan is placed on non-accrual status. The interest collected on non-accrual loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Under the cost-recovery method, interest income is not recognized until the loan balance is reduced to zero. Under the cash-basis method, interest income is recorded when the payment is received in cash. Loans can be returned to accrual status when there is a sustained period of repayment performance (usually six-months or longer) and the collectability of future payments is reasonably assured. F-8 Troubled Debt Restructurings: A troubled debt restructuring ("TDR") is a loan the Company, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower the Company would not otherwise consider. The loan terms which have been modified or restructured due to a borrower’s financial difficulty, include but are not limited to (i) a reduction in the stated interest rate of the loan, (ii) an extension of the maturity date of the loan at an interest rate below market, or (iii) a reduction of the accrued interest. Loan modifications granted by the Company are reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine if they should be considered a restructured loan. Allowance for Loan Losses: The Company’s reserve for loan losses is an estimate of the probable incurred loan losses and is comprised of (i) the allowance for loan losses and (ii) the reserve for unfunded commitments. The reserve for unfunded commitments is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the loan balances in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are reported net of the allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses, which is a noncash charge to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and dollar volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. TDR and non-accrual loans are separately evaluated for impairment and included in the separately identified impairment disclosures. If cash flow dependent, TDR and non-accrual loans will be measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a TDR or non-accrual loan is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For TDR and non-accrual loans that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses on loans individually identified as impaired. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting all scheduled principal and interest payments. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. The allowance for loan losses is comprised of specific loan loss reserves and general loan loss reserves. The impairment of a specific loan is measured based either on (i) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or (ii) the fair value of the underlying collateral, less costs to sell, if the repayment is expected to be provided predominantly by the sale of the underlying collateral. Specific impairments are measured on a loan-by-loan basis if risk characteristics are unique to an individual borrower. The general loan loss reserve covers non- impaired loans and is established by evaluating the incurred loss on homogenous pools of loans, not specifically reviewed for impairment as noted above, that have common risk characteristics. The general loan loss reserve is based on historical loss experiences adjusted for eight qualitative factors on all loans in the portfolio not considered impaired. Certain factors are applied to each pool and certain factors are applied to all non-individually reviewed loans. The eight qualitative factors the Company considers are: F-9 1. Changes in relevant economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of the portfolio, including the condition of various market segments. 2. Levels and trends in net charge-offs. 3. The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations. 4. Changes in the nature or volume of the loan portfolio and in the terms of loans. 5. Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff. 6. Changes in the volume and severity of past due loans. 7. Changes in the quality of the loan review system and associated grading changes. 8. Change in the level of overdrafts. The following portfolio segments have been identified: 1-4 Family Residential—consists of loans and home equity lines of credit secured by one to four family residential properties. These loans typically enable borrowers to purchase or refinance existing homes, most of which serve as the primary residence of the owner. In addition, some borrowers secure a commercial purpose loan with owner occupied or non-owner occupied one to four family residential properties. Loans in this segment are dependent on the industries tied to these loans as well as the national and local economies, and local residential and commercial real estate markets. Cash, Securities and Other—consists of consumer and commercial purpose loans that are primarily secured by securities managed and under custody with the Company, cash on deposit with the Company or life insurance policies. In addition, loans in this portfolio are collateralized with other sources of consumer collateral and a minimal amount may be unsecured. This segment of our portfolio is affected by a variety of local and national economic factors affecting borrowers’ employment prospects, income levels, and overall economic sentiment. Commercial and Industrial—consists of commercial and industrial loans, including working capital lines of credit, permanent working capital term loans, business asset loans, acquisition, expansion and development loans, and other loan products, primarily in the Company’s target markets. This portfolio primarily consists of term loans and lines of credit which are dependent on the strength of the industries of the related borrowers and the success of their businesses. Commercial Real Estate ("CRE"), Owner Occupied and Non-Owner Occupied—consists of commercial loans collateralized by real estate. These loans may be collateralized by owner occupied or non-owner occupied real estate, as well as multi-family residential real estate. These loans are dependent on the strength of the industries of the related borrowers and the success of their businesses. Construction and Development—consists of loans to finance the construction of residential and non- residential properties. These loans are dependent on the strength of the industries of the related borrowers and the risks consistent with construction projects. The reserve for unfunded commitments represents the estimate for probable loan losses inherent in unfunded commitments to extend credit. Unfunded commitments to extend credit include commercial and standby letters of credit, unused lines of credit, and unfunded loan commitments expected to be funded. The process used to determine the reserve for unfunded commitments is consistent with the process for determining the allowance for loan losses, adjusted for estimated funding probabilities. Changes to the level of the reserve for unfunded commitments are recognized through the provision for loan losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures, included in other operational expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. Transfers of Financial Assets: Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from F-10 the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. Premises and Equipment: Premises and equipment are carried at cost, net of accumulated depreciation, with the exception of artwork, which is carried at cost. Leasehold improvements are depreciated using the straight-line method and recognized over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from 4 to 15 years. Furniture/equipment and software are depreciated using the straight-line method and recognized over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from 3 to 8 years. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired in business combinations. The Company has acquired other identifiable intangible assets, primarily consisting of customer relationships, non-competition agreements and recorded goodwill through its acquisition of financial services companies. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually by applying a fair value-based test using discounted estimated future net cash flows. The Company has selected October 31 as the date to perform its annual impairment tests. Impairment exists when the carrying amount of the goodwill and other intangible assets exceeds their implied fair values. Impairment losses, if any, are recognized as a charge to non-interest expense and an adjustment to the carrying value of the goodwill or other intangible assets. Subsequent reversals of impairment charges are prohibited. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Other definite- lived intangible assets, including customer relationship intangibles, are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods representing the estimated remaining lives of the assets of one to fifteen years, and are evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying values of such assets may not be recoverable. At December 31, 2019, the Company believes the carrying value of its goodwill not to be impaired and other intangible assets to be recoverable. Accounts Receivable: Accounts receivable represents the billed but unpaid fees from trust and investment advisory services owed by clients, which are typically calculated as a percentage of average invested balances. The majority of the Company’s investment advisory clients are billed quarterly in arrears based on the daily average balance in the client’s trust or investment accounts for that quarter. Other Receivables: Other accounts receivable represents compensation paid to employees that is contingent on future employment and recognized in the consolidated statements of income over the estimated service period and sales of investments and assets in which the Company has obtained a firm commitment as of the balance sheet dates. Leases: Leases represent a contract that conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant, or equipment (an identified asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02 – Leases as of January 1, 2019 and recognized lease liabilities and right-of-use assets of $16.6 million and $12.9 million, respectively, on the adoption date. Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value, less selling costs, at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis in the asset. Physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a residential mortgage loan occurs when legal title is obtained upon completion of foreclosure or when the borrower conveys all interest in the property to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through similar legal agreement. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management, with any subsequent declines in value recorded as a charge to expense through an impairment recorded directly against the other real estate owned assets or to a valuation allowance account. Changes in the valuation allowance are recorded as provision for losses on other real estate owned. Revenue and expenses from operations related to other real estate owned are included in other operational expenses. Company-Owned Life Insurance: The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain current and former officers and key employees. Company-owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement. F-11 Mortgage Banking Derivatives: Commitments to fund mortgage loans (interest rate locks and forward delivery commitments) to be sold in the secondary market for the future delivery of these loans are accounted for as free standing derivatives. The fair value of the interest rate lock is recorded at the time the commitment to fund the mortgage loan is executed and is adjusted for the expected exercise of the commitment before the loan is funded. In order to hedge the change in interest rates resulting from its commitments to fund the loans, the Company enters into forward commitments for future delivery of mortgage loans when interest rate locks are entered into. Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date the interest on the loan is locked. Changes in the fair values of these derivatives are included in net gains on mortgage loans sold. Stock-Based Compensation: The Company has stock-based compensation plans that provide for the granting of stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance stock units to associates and non-associate directors who perform services for the Company. The Company estimates the fair value of its stock option awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company determines the fair value of the restricted and performance stock units as well as restricted stock awards based on the estimated market value of the underlying shares at the date of grant. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. The Company’s policy is to recognize forfeitures as they occur. Income Taxes: Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due and the change in the deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of temporary differences between the book and tax basis of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The Company recognizes tax benefits from uncertain tax positions when it is more-likely-than-not, based on the technical merits of the position, the tax position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of any appeals or litigation. Tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured as the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon resolution. The Company may from time to time be assessed interest or penalties by major tax jurisdictions, although any such assessments have historically been minimal and immaterial to financial results. The Company classifies interest and penalties, if any, as a component of income tax expense. Comprehensive Income: Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, net of taxes, which is also recognized as a separate component of equity. Earnings per Common Share: Earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period. See Note 13 – Earnings Per Common Share for the common share equivalents that have been included and excluded from the calculation of earnings per common share. Loss Contingencies: Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. Fair Value of Financial Instruments: Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 17 – Fair Value. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates. F-12 Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as unused lines of credit, commitments to make loans and commercial and standby letters of credit. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. Revenue Recognition: In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"), Revenue Contracts with Customers ("Topic 606"), Trust and investment management fees are earned by providing trust and investment services to customers. The Company’s performance obligation under these contracts is satisfied over time as the services are provided. Fees are recognized monthly based on the average monthly value of the assets under management and the corresponding fee rate based on the terms of the contract. Performance based incentive fees earned with respect to investment management contracts. Receivables are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet in the accounts receivable line item. Income related to trust and investment management fees, bank fees, and risk management and insurance fees on the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 are considered in scope of Topic 606. Restrictions on Cash: Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank was required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements of $15.1 million at December 31, 2019. Reclassifications: Certain items in prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Such reclassifications had no impact on net income or total shareholders’ equity. Recently adopted accounting pronouncements: The following reflect recent accounting pronouncements that have been adopted by the Company during the end of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842)” and subsequent amendments thereto, which requires the Company to recognize most leases on the balance sheet. We adopted the standard under a modified retrospective approach as of the date of adoption and elected to apply several of the available practical expedient, including: Carry-over of historical lease determination and lease classification conclusions Carry-over of historical initial direct cost balances for existing leases Accounting for lease and non-lease components in contracts in which the Company is a lessee as a single lease component Adoption of the leasing standard resulted in the recognition of operating right-of-use assets of $12.9 million, and operating lease liabilities of $16.6 million as of January 1, 2019. These amounts were determined based on the present value of remaining minimum lease payments, discounted using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate as of the date of adoption. There was no material impact to the timing of expense or income recognitions in the Company’s Consolidated Income Statements. Prior periods were not restated and continue to be presented under legacy GAAP. See Note 8 – Leases, for further information. In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08, Receivables—Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20) ("ASU 2017-08"). ASU 2017-08 amends the amortization period for certain purchased callable debt securities held at a premium. Prior to the issuance of this guidance, premiums were amortized as an adjustment of yield over the contractual life of the instrument. ASU 2017-08 requires premiums on purchased callable debt securities that have explicit, non-contingent call features that are callable at fixed prices to be amortized to the earliest call date. There are no accounting changes for securities held at a discount. ASU 2017-08 became effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2019 and did not have a significant impact on the financial statements and disclosures. In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities ("ASU 2017-12"), which provided guidance to improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity’s risk management activities in its financial statements. ASU 2017-12 was effective for the Company on January 1, 2019 and did not have a significant impact on the financial statements and disclosures. F-13 In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) ("ASU 2018-02"). ASU 2018-02 allows an entity to elect to reclassify the stranded tax effects related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 from accumulated other comprehensive income into retained earnings. ASU 2018-02 was effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2019 and did not have a significant impact on the financial statements and disclosures. The Company elected the optional reclassification to retained earnings for the stranded tax effects, as reflected on the Statement of Shareholders’ Equity. Recently issued accounting pronouncements, not yet adopted: The following reflects pending pronouncements with an update to the expected impact since the end of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2018. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) ("ASU 2016-13"). ASU 2016-13 replaces the incurred loss model with an expected loss model, which is referred to as the current expected credit loss ("CECL") model. The CECL model is applicable to the measurement of credit losses on the financial assets measured at amortized cost, including loan receivables, held-to-maturity debt securities, and reinsurance receivables. It also applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures not accounted for as insurance (loan commitments, standby letters of credit, financial guarantees, and other similar instruments) and net investments in leases recognized by a lessor. For all other assets within the scope of CECL, a cumulative-effect adjustment will be recognized in retained earnings and the allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. ASU 2016- 13 will be effective for most public companies on January 1, 2020. On July 17, 2019, the FASB voted to delay CECL implementation for certain companies including smaller reporting companies ("SRCs") as defined by the SEC. The Company is designated as a SRC with the SEC. At the October 16, 2019 FASB meeting, the FASB voted unanimously to delay the effective date of CECL adoption for SRCs to January 1, 2023. The proposal approved by the FASB has led to the creation of a framework for future standard setting where two "buckets" are used, allowing at least a two-year difference in the effective dates for major standards. The "buckets" the FASB proposed are SEC filers other than SRCs and all other companies including SRCs. During 2019, the CECL committee of the Company continued to work through its implementation plan. The Company has integrated historical and current loan level data as required by CECL and is working with its third-party vendor solution to begin evaluating the methodologies available under the CECL model on its loan portfolios. The Company also continues to evaluate documentation requirements, internal control structure, relevant data sources, and system configurations. The Company has completed a successful integration of the required fields and historical data for key loan, customer and collateral data within the third-party solution and has been able to run parallels of our current ALLL calculation in the software to compare to our internal calculation and reconcile known differences. The Company has started the process of selecting the methodologies to be used for each segment of its loan portfolio and started preliminarily testing to determine the impact of each methodology. Currently, we are unable to estimate the impact the adoption of this update will have on the consolidated financial statements and disclosures. However, the Company expects the impact of the adoption will be significantly influenced by the composition and characteristics of its loan portfolios along with economic conditions prevalent as of the date of adoption. The Company expects to implement the new standard beginning January 1, 2023. In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment ("ASU 2017-04"), which amended existing guidance to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The amendments require an entity to perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognizing an impairment charge of the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2021, with earlier adoption permitted and is not expected to have a significant impact on the financial statements and disclosures. NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS On August 18, 2017, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the "Mortgage Purchase Agreement") with EMC Holdings, LLC ("EMC") whereby the Company acquired assets related to the mortgage operations F-14 of the Englewood Mortgage Company, a residential mortgage loan origination company. The Company accounted for the acquisition of EMC as a business combination. The purpose of the acquisition was to expand the Company’s mortgage capabilities and enhance the products and services offered within the markets the Company serves. Of the cash paid, $1.0 million was deemed purchase consideration and was allocated to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired pursuant to the Mortgage Purchase Agreement. The tangible assets were not material to the consolidated financial statements. The intangible assets primarily consist of a non-competition agreement in the amount of $0.6 million and acquired mortgage loans that were locked but not funded as of the acquisition date in the amount of $0.4 million. The non-competition agreement has an estimated economic life of two years, and is recorded in intangible assets in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, net of amortization. Due to the value of the intangible assets received in the purchase exceeding the consideration of $1.0 million, the Company recorded an immaterial gain on bargain purchase. The Company also issued 105,264 shares of common stock ("Restricted Stock Awards") with a value of $3.0 million to the sole member of EMC Holdings, LLC ("EMC"), subject to forfeiture based on his continued employment with the Company. Half of the Restricted Stock Awards ($1.5 million or 52,632 shares) vests ratably over five-years. The remaining $1.5 million, or 52,632 shares, may be earned based on performance of the mortgage division of the Company. NOTE 3 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES The following presents the amortized cost and fair value of securities available-for-sale, with gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (in thousands): December 31, 2019 Investment securities available-for-sale: U.S. Treasury debt Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") mortgage-backed securities – residential Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") mortgage-backed securities – residential Corporate collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMO") and mortgage-backed securities ("MBS") Total securities available-for-sale December 31, 2018 Investment securities available-for-sale: U.S. Treasury debt GNMA FNMA Securities issued by U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies Corporate collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMO") and mortgage-backed securities ("MBS") Total securities available-for-sale Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value $ 250 $ 4 $ — $ 254 45,490 157 (335) 45,312 2,935 10,425 59,100 $ $ 11 40 212 $ (29) 2,917 (45) (409) $ 10,420 58,903 Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value $ 250 $ 35,591 4,076 4,525 1,281 $ 45,723 $ — $ 8 2 — $ (1,597) (208) 250 34,002 3,870 — (223) 4,302 1 11 $ (11) (2,039) $ 1,271 43,695 Net amortization of premiums and discounts related to mortgage securities during each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $0.2 million and is included in interest income. In 2014 the Company began investing in a small business investment company ("SBIC") fund administered by the Small Business Administration. During 2019 and 2018, the Company invested $0.4 million and $0.3 million, F-15 respectively, in SBIC. At December 31, 2019 the Company held a balance of $1.6 million with SBIC, which is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company may be obligated to invest up to an additional $1.4 million in future SBIC investments. At December 31, 2019, the amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale securities, excluding SBIC, have contractual maturity dates shown in the table below (in thousands). Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date are shown separately (in thousands). December 31, 2019 Due after one year through five years Securities (agency and CMO) Total Amortized Cost Fair Value $ $ 250 $ 58,850 59,100 $ 254 58,649 58,903 At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, securities with carrying values totaling $5.5 million and $5.4 million, respectively, were pledged to secure various public deposits and credit facilities of the Company. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of shareholders’ equity. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, twenty-six securities and thirty-three securities were in an unrealized loss position, with unrealized losses totaling $0.4 million and $2.0 million, respectively. Three of the securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2019 have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than twelve months, the remaining securities in a loss position have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months. The unrealized loss positions were caused primarily by interest rate changes and market assumptions about prepayments of principal and interest on the underlying mortgages. Because the decline in market value is attributable to market conditions, not credit quality, and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be near or at maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2019. The following table summarizes securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, aggregated by major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position (in thousands, before tax): December 31, 2019 GNMA FNMA Corporate CMO and MBS Total December 31, 2018 GNMA FNMA Securities issued by U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies Corporate CMO and MBS Total Less than 12 Months Fair Value $ 28,203 $ Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Longer Unrealized Losses Fair Value (193) $ 4,450 $ — 7,780 $ 35,983 $ — (45) (238) $ 6,797 $ 2,347 — Total Unrealized Losses Fair Value (142) $ 32,653 $ (29) — 2,347 7,780 (171) $ 42,780 $ (335) (29) (45) (409) Less than 12 Months 12 Months or Longer Total Fair Value $ Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses 201 $ 436 — $ 32,696 $ (1,597) $ 32,897 $ (1,597) (208) (205) (3) 3,651 3,215 — 1,145 $ 1,782 $ — (9) (223) (223) (11) (2) (12) $ 40,276 $ (2,027) $ 42,058 $ (2,039) 4,302 1,208 4,302 63 The Company sold $7.5 million of securities and realized $0.1 million of gains and realized no losses, from the sale of securities using the specific identification method for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company did not sell any securities during the year ended December 31, 2018. F-16 NOTE 4 – CORRESPONDENT BANK STOCK The following presents the Company’s investments in correspondent bank stock, at cost, as of the dates noted (in thousands): FHLB Topeka BBW Total December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ 559 $ 26 585 $ 2,413 75 2,488 NOTE 5 - LOANS AND THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES The following presents a summary of the Company’s loans as of the dates noted (in thousands): Cash, Securities and Other Construction and Development 1-4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Total loans Deferred costs, net Allowance for loan losses Loans, net December 31, 2019 146,701 $ $ December 31, 2018 114,165 31,897 350,852 173,741 108,480 113,660 892,795 1,171 (7,451) 886,515 28,120 400,134 165,179 127,968 128,457 996,559 1,448 (7,875) 990,132 $ $ The following presents, by class, an aging analysis of the recorded investments (excluding accrued interest receivable, deferred loan fees and deferred costs which are not material) in loans past due as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (in thousands): December 31, 2019 Cash, Securities and Other Construction and Development 1-4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Total Total Loans 90 or More Days 30-59 Days 60-89 Days Past Due Past Due Past Due Past Due — $ $ — — — — 3,110 525 $ — 5,688 — — — Total Recorded Investment 525 $ 146,176 $ 146,701 — $ 28,120 28,120 — 400,134 394,446 — 165,179 165,179 — 127,968 127,968 — 907 128,457 124,440 907 $ 10,230 $ 986,329 $ 996,559 — 5,688 — — 4,017 Current $ 6,213 $ 3,110 $ F-17 December 31, 2018 Cash, Securities and Other Construction and Development 1-4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Total 30-59 Days 60-89 Days Past Due Past Due 331 $ $ — — 567 — — 898 $ Current Past Due Past Due Total Loans 90 or More Days Total Recorded Investment — $ 11,252 $ 11,583 $ 102,582 $ 114,165 31,897 — — 350,852 1,217 — 173,741 567 — 108,480 — — — 113,660 1,735 — $ 14,204 $ 15,102 $ 877,693 $ 892,795 31,897 349,635 173,174 108,480 111,925 — 1,217 — — 1,735 $ At December 31, 2018, the Company had a 1-4 family residential loan totaling $1.2 million which was more than 90 days delinquent, accruing interest, and in the process of collection. The Company foreclosed on this loan in 2019 and prior to taking possession of the assets the balance was paid in full. Non-Accrual Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings The following presents the recorded investment in non-accrual loans by class as of the dates noted (in thousands): Cash, Securities and Other Construction and Development 1-4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Total December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 $ $ 2,803 $ — — — — 4,412 7,215 $ 11,252 — — — — 1,735 12,987 At December 31, 2019, the non-accrual loans listed above included four loans classified as a TDR with a recorded investment totaling $7.2 million. At December 31, 2018, the non-accrual loans listed above included two loans classified as a TDR with a recorded investment totaling $13.0 million. Non-accrual loans are classified as impaired loans and individually evaluated for impairment. The following presents a summary of the unpaid principal balance of loans classified as TDRs as of the dates noted (in thousands): Accruing Commercial and Industrial Non-accrual Cash, Securities, and Other Commercial and Industrial Allowance for loan associated with TDR Net recorded investment December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 $ 5,055 $ 4,848 2,803 4,412 11,252 1,735 (833) 11,437 $ (940) 16,895 $ At December 31, 2019, the Company extended an additional $0.2 million to a Commercial and Industrial borrower with a loan classified as a TDR for operational needs as allowed under the commitment. The majority owner for this borrower provided $1.5 million of pledged cash as collateral in exchange for this additional funding. At December 31, 2018, the Company had not committed any additional funds to a borrower with a loan classified as a TDR. The Company modified one borrower relationship with two loans into a TDR during the year ended December 31, 2019. The borrower, who has loans that are classified as Commercial and Industrial, was not making F-18 payments in accordance with the original contract terms. Both loans were placed on non-accrual and classified as a TDR at December 31, 2019. The modification of one loan included an extension of maturity date that the Company would not have otherwise considered as a result of the Borrower’s difficulties. The extension of maturity was for a period of approximately nine months. The Company modified two loans into a TDR during the year ended December 31, 2018. The modification of two loans in TDR performed during the year ended December 31, 2018 included an extension of the maturity dates at the same rates as before that the Company would not have otherwise considered as a result of the Borrowers’ financial difficulties. The extensions ranged from three months to a year. Two of the loans classified as TDRs have defaulted on the modified terms of the agreements during the year ended December 31, 2019. All loans classified as TDRs were making payments in accordance with their modified terms during the year ended December 31, 2018. TDRs are reviewed individually for impairment and are included in the Company’s specific reserves in the allowance for loan losses. If charged off, the amount of the charge off is included in the Company’s charge off factors, which impact the Company’s reserves on non-impaired loans. The following table presents impaired loans by portfolio and related valuation allowance as of the periods presented (in thousands): December 31, 2019 Unpaid Contractual Principal Balance Allowance for Loan Losses Total Recorded Investment Allowance December 31, 2018 Unpaid Contractual Principal Balance for Loan Losses Total Recorded Investment Impaired loans with a valuation allowance: Commercial and Industrial Total Impaired loans with no related valuation allowance: Cash, Securities, and Other Commercial and Industrial Total Total impaired loans: Cash, Securities, and Other Commercial and Industrial Total $ $ 4,412 $ 4,412 $ 4,412 $ 4,412 $ 833 $ 833 $ 1,735 $ 1,735 $ 1,735 $ 1,735 $ 940 940 $ $ 2,803 $ 5,055 7,858 $ 2,803 $ 5,055 7,858 $ — $ — — $ 11,252 $ 4,848 16,100 $ 11,252 $ 4,848 16,100 $ $ $ 2,803 $ 9,467 12,270 $ 2,803 $ 9,467 12,270 $ — 833 833 $ $ 11,252 $ 6,583 17,835 $ 11,252 $ 6,583 17,835 $ — — — — 940 940 The recorded investment in loans in the previous tables excludes accrued interest and deferred loan fees and costs due to their immateriality. F-19 The average balance of impaired loans and interest income recognized on impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are included in the table below (in thousands): Impaired loans with a valuation allowance: Commercial and Industrial Impaired loans with no related valuation allowance: Cash, Securities, and Other Commercial and Industrial Total Total impaired loans: Cash, Securities, and Other Commercial and Industrial Total Allowance for Loan Losses Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 Average Recorded Investment Recognized Interest Income Average Recorded Investment Recognized Interest Income $ 1,686 $ — $ 922 $ — $ $ $ $ 6,217 $ 4,499 10,716 $ 6,217 $ 6,185 12,402 $ — 427 427 — 427 427 $ $ $ $ 4,506 $ 970 5,476 $ 4,506 $ 1,892 6,398 $ — 34 34 — 34 34 Allocation of a portion of the allowance for loan losses to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories. The following presents the activity in the Company’s allowance for loan losses by portfolio class for the periods presented (in thousands): Construction Cash, and Securities and Other Development Residential 1-4 Family Non-Owner Owner Commercial Occupied Occupied CRE CRE and Industrial Total Changes in allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2019 Beginning balance Provision for (recovery of) loan losses Charge-offs Recoveries Ending balance $ $ 764 $ 532 (248) 10 1,058 $ 232 $ (32) — — 200 $ 2,552 $ 298 — — 2,850 $ 1,264 $ (88) — — 1,176 $ 789 $ 122 — — 911 $ 1,850 $ (170) — — 1,680 $ 7,451 662 (248) 10 7,875 Allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2019 allocated to loans evaluated for impairment: Individually Collectively Ending balance $ $ — $ 1,058 1,058 $ — $ 200 200 $ — $ 2,850 2,850 $ — $ 1,176 1,176 $ — $ 911 911 $ 833 $ 847 1,680 $ 833 7,042 7,875 Loans at December 31, 2019, evaluated for impairment: Individually Collectively Ending balance 2,803 $ $ 143,898 $ 146,701 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 28,120 28,120 $ 400,134 $ 165,179 $ 127,968 $ 400,134 127,968 165,179 9,467 $ 12,270 118,990 984,289 128,457 $ 996,559 F-20 Construction Cash, Securities and and Other Development Residential 1-4 Family Non-Owner Owner Commercial Occupied Occupied CRE CRE and Industrial Total Changes in allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2018 Beginning balance Provision for (recovery of) loan losses Charge-offs Recoveries Ending balance $ $ 1,066 $ (286) (16) — 764 $ 202 $ 30 — — 232 $ 2,283 $ 269 — — 2,552 $ 1,433 $ (169) — — 1,264 $ 751 $ 38 — — 789 $ 1,552 $ 298 — — 1,850 $ 7,287 180 (16) — 7,451 Allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2018 allocated to loans evaluated for impairment: Individually Collectively Ending balance $ $ — $ 764 764 $ — $ 232 232 $ — $ 2,552 2,552 $ — $ 1,264 1,264 $ — $ 789 789 $ 940 $ 910 1,850 $ 940 6,511 7,451 Loans at December 31, 2018, evaluated for impairment: Individually Collectively Ending balance $ 11,252 $ 102,913 $ 114,165 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 31,897 31,897 $ 350,852 $ 173,741 $ 108,480 $ 350,852 108,480 173,741 6,583 $ 17,835 107,077 874,960 113,660 $ 892,795 The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of the borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans by credit risk on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings: Special Mention—Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness or borrowing relationships that require more than the usual amount of management attention. Adverse industry conditions, deteriorating financial conditions, declining trends, management problems, documentation deficiencies or other similar weaknesses may be evident. Ability to meet current payment schedules may be questionable, even though interest and principal are still being paid as agreed. The asset has potential weaknesses that may result in deteriorating repayment prospects if left uncorrected. Loans in this risk grade are not considered adversely classified. Substandard—Substandard loans are considered "classified" and are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardizes the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans in this category may be placed on non-accrual status and may individually be evaluated for impairment if indicators of impairment exist. Doubtful—Loans graded Doubtful are considered "classified" and have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. However, the amount of certainty of eventual loss is not known because of specific pending factors. F-21 Loans not meeting any of the three criteria above are considered to be pass-rated loans. The following presents, by class and by credit quality indicator, the recorded investment in the Company’s loans as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (in thousands): December 31, 2019 Cash, Securities and Other Construction and Development 1-4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Total December 31, 2018 Cash, Securities and Other Construction and Development 1-4 Family Residential Non-Owner Occupied CRE Owner Occupied CRE Commercial and Industrial Total $ $ $ $ Special Mention Pass 143,898 $ 28,120 395,224 164,021 127,968 114,241 973,472 $ Substandard 2,803 $ — 4,910 — — 14,216 21,929 $ — $ — — 1,158 — — 1,158 $ Special Mention Pass 102,913 $ 31,897 349,635 165,164 108,480 100,929 859,018 $ Substandard — $ — — 8,117 — — 8,117 $ 11,252 $ — 1,217 460 — 12,731 25,660 $ Total 146,701 28,120 400,134 165,179 127,968 128,457 996,559 Total 114,165 31,897 350,852 173,741 108,480 113,660 892,795 NOTE 6 – PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET The following presents a summary of the cost and accumulated depreciation of premises and equipment at December 31 (in thousands): Leasehold improvements, including artwork Equipment and software Gross premise and equipment Less: accumulated depreciation Premises and equipment, net $ $ 2019 10,174 $ 4,658 14,832 (9,614) 5,218 $ 2018 10,026 6,916 16,942 (10,842) 6,100 During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company retired leasehold improvements, equipment and software in the amount of $2.5 million that were fully depreciated and no longer in service. Assets retired in the amount of $2.2 million originated in the Wealth Management segment and assets retired in the amount of $0.3 million originated in the Capital Management segment. Depreciation expense for premises and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 totaled $1.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively. NOTE 7 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows (in thousands): Balance at December 31, 2018 Impairment Reclass of goodwill held for sale Balance at December 31, 2019 Wealth Management Capital Management Consolidated $ $ 15,994 $ — — 15,994 $ 8,817 $ (1,572) (3,553) 3,692 $ 24,811 (1,572) (3,553) 19,686 F-22 Goodwill is tested annually for impairment on October 31 or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events. During the second quarter of 2019, the Company received an unsolicited offer to purchase its Los Angeles-based fixed income team, a portion of the Capital Management segment. This resulted in performing an interim goodwill analysis and we recorded a goodwill impairment loss of $1.6 million during the second quarter of 2019 in the Capital Management segment. Additionally, goodwill was allocated based on the relative fair value for the portion of the segment held for sale, in the amount of $3.6 million, and was reclassified to assets held for sale at the end of the third quarter 2019. The remaining value of goodwill in the Capital Management segment is $3.7 million. At October 31, 2019, the Company’s reporting unit had positive equity and the Company elected to perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value including goodwill. The qualitative assessment indicated that it was more likely than not that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeded its fair value. Therefore, the Company proceeded to complete the two-step impairment test. Step 1 of the goodwill impairment analysis includes the determination of the carrying value of the reporting unit, including the existing goodwill, and estimating the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we are required to perform the second step to the impairment test. Our Step 1 goodwill impairment analysis as of October 31, 2019, indicated that the Step 2 analysis was unnecessary. At December 31, 2019, the Company’s reporting units had positive equity and the Company elected to perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value including goodwill. The qualitative assessment indicated that it was not more likely than not that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeded its fair value. Therefore, the Company did not complete the two-step impairment test. The following presents the Company’s intangible assets and related accumulated amortization as of December 31 (in thousands): Other intangibles Less accumulated amortization on other intangibles Other intangible assets, net December 31, December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ 4,540 $ (4,512) 28 $ 9,327 (8,925) 402 During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company retired intangible assets in the amount of $4.8 million that were fully amortized and no longer in service. All intangible assets retired originated in the Capital Management segment. Amortization expense on definite-lived customer relationship and non-compete intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, was $0.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The following presents the expected amortization expense on definite-lived intangible assets existing at December 31, 2019 (in thousands): Year 2020 Thereafter Total $ $ Expense 9 19 28 F-23 NOTE 8 - LEASES A lease is defined as a contract that conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant, or equipment (an identified asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2019 and recorded an initial right-of-use asset and related lease liability of $12.9 million and $16.6 million, respectively, on the adoption date. There was no cumulative effect upon adoption. Leases in which the Company is determined to be the lessee are primarily operating leases comprised of real estate property and office space for our corporate headquarters and profit centers with terms that extend to 2025. Certain properties contain portions that are subleased with terms that extend through 2020. In accordance with ASC 842, operating leases are required to be recognized as a right-of-use asset with a corresponding lease liability. The following table presents the classification of the right-of-use asset and corresponding liability within the consolidated balance sheet. The Company elected to not include short-term leases with initial terms of twelve months or less, on the consolidated balance sheet (in thousands). Lease Right-of-Use Assets Operating lease right-of-use assets Classification Other assets Lease Liabilities Operating lease liabilities Classification Other liabilities December 31, 2019 $ $ 10,308 13,480 The Company’s operating lease agreements typically include an option to renew the lease at the Company’s discretion. To the extent the Company is reasonably certain it will exercise the renewal option at the inception of the lease, the Company will include the extended term in the calculation of the right-of-use asset and lease liability. ASC 842 requires the use of the rate implicit in the lease when it is readily determinable. As this rate is typically not readily determinable, at the inception of the lease, the Company uses its collateralized incremental borrowing rate over a similar term. The amount of the right-of-use asset and lease liability are impacted by the discount rate used to calculate the present value of the minimum lease payments over the term of the lease. Weighted-Average Remaining Lease Term Operating leases Weighted-Average Discount Rate Operating leases December 31, 2019 4.91 years 3.71 % The Company’s operating leases contain fixed and variable lease components and it has elected to account for all classes of underlying assets as a single lease component. Variable lease costs primarily represent common area maintenance and parking. The following table represents the Company’s net lease costs (in thousands). Lease Costs Operating lease cost Variable lease cost Sublease income Lease costs, net Year Ended December 31, 2019 $ $ 3,186 1,513 (397) 4,302 The Company recognized lease costs, which includes rent expense, in occupancy and equipment expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income of $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. F-24 The following table presents a maturity analysis of the Company’s operating lease liabilities on an annual basis for each of the first five years and total amounts thereafter as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands). Year 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Thereafter Total future minimum lease payments Less: Imputed interest Present value of net future minimum lease payments Operating Leases $ $ $ 3,446 2,839 2,675 2,358 2,190 1,256 14,764 (1,284) 13,480 Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 totaled $3.2 million and $2.8 million, respectively, and is included in occupancy and equipment expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. NOTE 9 - DEPOSITS The following presents the Company’s interest bearing deposits at the dates noted (in thousands): Money market deposit accounts Time deposits Negotiable order of withdrawal accounts Savings accounts Total interest bearing deposits Aggregate time deposits of $250,000 or greater December 31, 2019 615,575 134,913 91,921 4,307 846,716 61,596 $ $ $ $ December 31, 2018 489,506 178,743 64,853 1,800 734,902 83,550 $ $ Overdraft balances classified as loans totaled an immaterial amount and $0.3 million at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The following presents the scheduled maturities of all time deposits for the next five years ending December 31 (in thousands): Year Ending 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Thereafter Total NOTE 10 - BORROWINGS FHLB Topeka Borrowings Time Deposits 103,819 9,516 8,762 11,639 1,177 — 134,913 $ $ The Bank has executed a blanket pledge and security agreement with the FHLB Topeka that requires certain loans and securities be pledged as collateral for any outstanding borrowings under the agreement. The collateral pledged as of F-25 December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 amounted to $515.5 million and $475.4 million, respectively. Based on this collateral and the Company’s holdings of FHLB Topeka stock, the Company was eligible to borrow an additional $349.9 million at December 31, 2019. Each advance is payable at its maturity date. The Company had the following borrowings from FHLB Topeka at the dates noted (in thousands): Maturity Date August 2, 2019 August 26, 2020 Total Rate % December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 2.65 1.94 $ — 10,000 10,000 $ 5,000 10,000 15,000 As of December 31, 2019, the Bank had borrowing capacity associated with three unsecured federal funds lines of credit up to $10.0 million, $19.0 million, and $25.0 million. As of December 31, 2018, the Bank had borrowing capacity associated with three unsecured federal funds lines of credit up to $10.0 million, $13.0 million, and $25.0 million. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no amounts outstanding on any of the federal funds lines. The Company’s borrowing facilities included various financial and other covenants, including, but not limited to, a requirement that the Bank maintains regulatory capital that is deemed "well capitalized" by federal banking agencies (see Note 22 – Regulatory Capital Matters). As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with the covenant requirements. Subordinated Notes As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, subordinated notes (the "2016 Sub Notes") issued to various investors totaled $6.6 million. The 2016 Sub Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7.25% per annum until December 31, 2021, at which time the rate will adjust each quarter to the then current 90 day London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 587 basis points, mature on December 31, 2026, are redeemable at the option of the Company after January 1, 2022, and pay interest quarterly. Effective July 26, 2018, the Company redeemed all of its subordinated notes due 2020 for an aggregate redemption price of $6.9 million, including accrued and unpaid interest. The subordinated notes due 2020 were redeemed using the proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering, which closed on July 23, 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded $0.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively, of interest expense related to the 2016 Sub Notes and 2012 Sub Notes. The 2016 Sub Notes are included in Tier 2 capital under current regulatory guidelines and interpretations, subject to limitations. Promissory and Credit Note On June 30, 2019, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Promissory Note (the "Promissory Note") and an Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note (the "Credit Note") with a correspondent lending partner. The Credit Note is secured by stock of the Bank and bears interest at the 30 day LIBOR plus 3.5%. The Promissory Note is secured by stock of the Bank and bears interest at the 30 day LIBOR plus 4.0%. As of December 31, 2019, there were no amounts outstanding on either the Promissory Note or the Credit Note and the borrowing capacity associated with these facilities was $10.0 million. As of December 31, 2018, there were no amounts outstanding on either the Promissory Note or the Credit Note and the borrowing capacity associated with these facilities was $7.2 million. NOTE 11 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES The Bank is party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. Commitments may expire without being utilized. The Bank’s exposure to loan loss is F-26 represented by the contractual amount of these commitments, although material losses are not anticipated. The Bank follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The following presents the Company’s financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk, as of the dates noted (in thousands): December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Unused lines of credit Standby letters of credit Commitments to make loans to sell Fixed Rate Variable Rate Fixed Rate Variable Rate $ 32,896 $ 290,653 $ 33,571 $ 271,580 23,508 — — $ 17,207 $ $ 47,354 $ 24,197 1,759 40 Unused lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Several of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Bank, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Unused lines of credit under commercial lines of credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit are uncollateralized and usually do not contain a specified maturity date and may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Bank is committed. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. Substantially all letters of credit issued have expiration dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank holds collateral supporting those commitments if deemed necessary. Commitments to make loans to sell are agreements to sell a loan to an investor in the secondary market for which the interest rate has been locked with the customer provided there is no violation of any condition within the contract with either party. Commitments to make loans to sell have fixed interest rates. Since commitments may expire without being extended, total commitment amounts may not necessarily represent cash requirements. Commitments to make loans are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition within the contract. Commitments to make loans generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since commitments may expire without being extended, total commitment amounts may not necessarily represent cash requirements. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 there were no commitments to make loans. Litigation, Claims and Settlements The Company is, from time to time, involved in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. While the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of management, based on advice from legal counsel, that no proceedings exist, either individually or in the aggregate, which, if determined adversely to the Company, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. NOTE 12 – SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Common Stock The Company’s common stock has no par value and each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share (though certain voting restrictions may exist on non-vested restricted stock) held. F-27 On June 14, 2019, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized a share repurchase program under which the Company may repurchase up to 300,000 shares of its common stock and that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System advised the Company that it had no objection to the Company’s stock repurchase program. The repurchase program authorizes the Company to purchase its common stock from time to time in privately negotiated transactions, in the open market, including pursuant to any trading plan that may be adopted in accordance with Rule 10b5- 1 plan promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commissions, or otherwise in a manner that complies with applicable federal securities laws. The program will be in effect for a one-year period, with the timing of purchases and the number of shares repurchased under the program dependent upon a variety of factors including price, trading volume, corporate and regulatory requirements and market conditions. The repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time without notice. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased 43,698 shares at an average price of $16.51 and as of December 31, 2019, 256,302 shares may yet be purchased under the program. During the year ended December 31, 2019 the Company sold no shares of common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company sold 67,242 shares of its common stock through Private Placement Memorandums resulting in proceeds to the Company of $1.9 million (net of issuance costs of $0.1 million). On July 23, 2018, the Company completed its initial public offering of 1,921,775 shares of its common stock at a price of $19.00 per share, which included 296,250 shares pursuant to the full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the Company, resulting in net proceeds of $32.5 million (net of issuance costs of $4.4 million). Effective July 26, 2018, the Company redeemed at par value all of its outstanding shares of preferred stock, which consisted of 8,559 shares of Series A preferred stock, 428 shares of Series B preferred stock, 11,881 shares of Series C preferred stock, and 41,000 shares of Series D preferred stock. The aggregate redemption amount for the preferred stock was $25.0 million. The preferred stock was redeemed using the proceeds from the Company’s completed initial public offering, which closed on July 23, 2018. Certain of our common stock holders received Make Whole Rights pursuant to an Investor Agreement in connection with the conversion of Series D preferred stock into common stock and our private placement conducted from August 2017 to February 2018, which entitled the holder of such Make Whole Rights to, among other things, receive additional shares of our common stock ("Make Whole Shares"), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions of the Investor Agreements. As a result, the Company issued 128,978 Make Whole Shares on September 10, 2018. The Company’s issuance of the Make Whole Shares was exempt from the registration statement of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof. Restricted Stock Awards In 2017, the Company issued 105,264 shares of common stock ("Restricted Stock Awards") with a value of $3.0 million to the sole member of EMC Holdings, LLC ("EMC"), subject to forfeiture based on his continued employment with the Company. Half of the Restricted Stock Awards ($1.5 million or 52,632 shares) vests ratably over five-years. The remaining $1.5 million, or 52,632 shares, may be earned based on performance of the mortgage division of the Company. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized compensation expense of $0.6 million, representing 38,518 shares with 14,114 shares remaining to vest, related to the performance based awards. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Restricted Stock Awards have a weighted-average grant date fair value of $28.50 per share. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has recognized compensation expense of $0.9 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for the Restricted Stock Awards. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has $1.4 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the shares issued, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.2 years. Restricted Stock Awards of 33,070 vested during the year ended December 31, 2019. F-28 Stock-Based Compensation Plans As of December 31, 2019, there were a total of 652,269 shares available for issuance under the First Western Financial, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan ("the 2016 Plan"). If the Awards outstanding under the First Western 2008 Stock Incentive Plan or the 2016 Plan are forfeited, cancelled or terminated with no consideration paid to the Company, those amounts will increase the number of shares eligible to be granted under the 2016 Plan. Stock Options The Company did not grant any stock options during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has $0.3 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options which are unvested. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 0.6 years. The following summarizes activity for nonqualified stock options for the year ended December 31, 2019: Weighted Average Weighted Average Exercise Contractual Remaining Aggregate Intrinsic Number of Outstanding at December 31, 2018 Granted Exercised Forfeited or expired Outstanding at December 31, 2019 Options fully vested / exercisable at December 31, 2019 Options Price Term Value 465,947 $ — — (46,750) $ 419,197 $ 394,020 $ 28.84 — — 27.22 29.02 29.24 3.6 3.4 (a) (a) (a) Nonqualified stock options outstanding at the end of the period and those fully vested / exercisable had immaterial aggregate intrinsic values. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were 394,020 and 402,872 options, respectively, that were exercisable. Exercise prices are between $20.00 and $40.00 per share, and the options are exercisable for a period of ten years from the original grant date and expire on various dates between 2022 and 2026. Restricted Stock Units Pursuant to the 2016 Plan, the Company can grant associates and non-associate directors long-term cash and stock-based compensation. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company granted certain associates restricted stock units which are earned over time or based on various performance measures and convert to common stock upon vesting, which are summarized here and expanded further below: F-29 The following summarizes the activity for the Time Vesting Units, the Financial Performance Units and the Market Performance Units for the year ended December 31, 2019: Outstanding at December 31, 2018 Granted Vested Forfeited Outstanding at December 31, 2019 Time Vesting Units 184,369 74,343 (23,281) (25,987) 209,444 Financial Performance Units 15,932 62,569 — (9,075) 69,426 Market Performance Units 17,258 — — (2,396) 14,862 During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 15,446 shares of common stock upon the settlement of Time Vesting Units. The remaining 7,835 shares were surrendered with a combined market value at the dates of settlement of $0.1 million to cover employee withholding taxes. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 16,969 shares of common stock upon the settlement of Time Vesting Units. The remaining 6,313 shares were surrendered with a combined market value at the dates of settlement of $0.2 million to cover employee withholding taxes. Time Vesting Units The Time Vesting Units are granted to full-time associates and board members at the date approved by the Company’s board of directors. The Company granted Time Vesting Units of 3,779 with a five-year service period in 2019 that vest in equal installments of 50% on the third and fifth anniversaries of the grant date, assuming continuous employment through the scheduled vesting dates. The Company granted 70,564 Time Vesting Units with a five year service period in 2019, which vest in equal installments of 20% on the anniversary of the grant date, assuming continuous employment through the scheduled vesting dates. The Time Vesting Units granted in 2019 have a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $13.93 per unit. During both years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized compensation expense of $1.0 million for the Time Vesting Units. As of December 31, 2019, there was $3.4 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the Time Vesting Units, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years. Financial Performance Units Granted Prior to 2019 Financial Performance Units were granted to certain key associates and are earned based on the Company achieving various financial performance metrics beginning on the grant date and ending on December 31, 2019. If the Company achieves the financial metrics, which include various thresholds from 0% up to 150%, then the Financial Performance Units will have a subsequent two-year service period vesting requirement ending on December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2019, the Company is accruing at the target threshold of 100% for 50% of the awards and at 50% for the remainder. The amount of shares that could have been issued as of December 31, 2019 was approximately 10,000 shares. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of compensation expense for the Financial Performance Units. As of December 31, 2019, there was $0.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the Financial Performance Units. As of December 31, 2019, the unrecognized stock- based compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years. Financial Performance Units Granted in 2019 In 2019, the Company granted an additional 62,569 Financial Performance Units to officers and other key employees. All Financial Performance Units granted in 2019, have a five-year term and are earned based on the Company achieving various financial metrics beginning on the grant date and ending on December 31, 2021, which include various thresholds from 0% to 150%, then the Financial Performance Units will have a subsequent two-year service period vesting requirement ending on December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2019, the Company is accruing at the target threshold of 100% for the awards. The amount of shares that could have been issued as of December 31, 2019 was approximately 56,000 shares. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized compensation expense of $0.1 million F-30 for the Financial Performance Units. As of December 31, 2019, there was $0.7 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the Financial Performance Units. As of December 31, 2019, the unrecognized stock-based compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.0 years. Market Performance Units Market Performance Units were granted to certain key associates and are earned based on growth in the value of the Company’s common stock, and were dependent on the Company completing an initial public offering of stock during a defined period of time. If the Company’s common stock is trading at or above certain prices, over a performance period ending on June 30, 2020, the Market Performance Units will be determined to be earned and vest following the completion of a subsequent service period ending on June 30, 2022. On July 23, 2018, the Company completed its initial public offering and the Market Performance Units performance condition was met. Subsequent to the performance condition there is also a market condition as a vesting requirement for the Market Performance Units which affects the determination of the grant date fair value. The Company estimated the grant date fair value using various valuation assumptions. During years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of compensation expense for the Market Performance Units. As of December 31, 2019, there was $0.4 of unrecognized compensation expense related to the Market Performance Units which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.5 years. F-31 NOTE 13 - EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE The table below presents the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the periods indicated (amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts): Earnings per common share - Basic Numerator: Net income Dividends on preferred stock Net income available for common shareholders Denominator: Basic weighted average shares Earnings per common share - basic Earnings per common share - Diluted Numerator: Net income Dividends on preferred stock Net income available for common shareholders Denominator: Basic weighted average shares Diluted effect of common stock equivalents: Stock options Time Vesting Units Financial Performance Units Market Performance Units Restricted Stock Awards Total diluted effect of common stock equivalents Diluted weighted average shares Earnings per common share - diluted Year Ended December 31, 2018 2019 $ $ 8,009 $ — 8,009 $ 5,647 (1,378) 4,269 7,890,266 $ 1.02 $ 6,712,754 0.64 $ $ 8,009 $ — 8,009 $ 5,647 (1,378) 4,269 7,890,266 6,712,754 — 9,315 2,071 13,309 — 24,695 7,914,961 $ 1.01 $ 15,645 11,131 4,879 7,217 2,632 41,504 6,754,258 0.63 Diluted earnings per share was computed without consideration to potentially dilutive instruments as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, potentially dilutive securities excluded from the diluted loss per share calculation are as follows: Stock options Convertible Preferred D shares Time Vesting Units Financial Performance Units Restricted Stock Awards Total potentially dilutive securities Year Ended December 31, 2019 433,572 — 144,560 35,256 78,202 691,590 2018 339,199 75,850 88,333 8,069 34,642 546,093 F-32 NOTE 14 - INCOME TAXES The components of the Company’s income tax expense (benefit) as of December 31 (in thousands): Current: Federal State and local Total current tax expense (benefit) Deferred: Federal State and local Total deferred tax expense (benefit) Income tax expense 2019 2018 $ $ $ 3,076 323 3,399 (1,338) 122 (1,216) 2,183 $ $ $ (118) 87 (31) 1,567 239 1,806 1,775 The following is a reconciliation of income taxes reflected on the statements of income for the years ended December 31 with income tax expense computed by applying the United States federal income tax rate of 21% to income before income taxes (in thousands): Income tax expense computed at 21% statutory rate Differences: Permanent differences State taxes, net of federal expense Other, net Income tax expense (1) Includes the impact of R&D tax credits. 2019 2018 $ 2,140 $ 1,558 (30) 394 (321) (1) 2,183 $ (89) 258 48 1,775 $ F-33 The following were the principal components of the Company’s deferred tax items as of December 31 (in thousands): Deferred tax assets: Net operating loss carryforwards Allowance for loan losses Deferred rent Stock-based compensation Allowance for losses on other real estate owned Other intangible assets Unrealized losses on securities Accrued Bonuses Loan fees Other Total deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Goodwill Depreciation Other Total deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax asset 2019 2018 $ 545 $ 1,925 797 1,400 438 723 55 474 352 685 7,394 995 1,921 960 1,277 461 747 530 127 245 310 7,573 $ $ (1,354) $ (961) (32) (2,347) 5,047 $ (1,772) (980) (515) (3,267) 4,306 The net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards expire in tax years 2028 through 2032. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has $0.7 million of California NOLs available for utilization. In general, a corporation’s ability to utilize its NOL carryforwards may be substantially limited due to ownership changes that have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), as well as similar state provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax. In general, an "ownership change," as defined by Section 382 of the Code, results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percent of the capital (as defined) of a company by certain stockholders or public groups. The Company identified no material uncertain tax positions for which it is reasonably possible the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months. The Company and its subsidiaries file tax returns for the United States and for multiple states and localities. The United States federal income tax returns of the Company are eligible to be examined for the years 2016 and forward. There are no federal or state tax examinations currently in progress. NOTE 15 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS The Company sponsors a 401(k) Plan, which is a defined contribution plan, in which substantially all associates are eligible to participate in and associates may contribute up to 100% of their compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. The Company may elect to make matching contributions as defined by the plan. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company expensed matching contributions to the plan totaling $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The Company did not pay any expenses attributable to the plan during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. NOTE 16 – RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS The Bank extends credit under Regulation O to certain covered parties including Company directors, executive officers and their affiliates. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no delinquent or non-performing loans to any executive officer or director of the Company. These covered parties, along with principal owners, management, immediate family of management or principal owners, a parent company and its subsidiaries, trusts for the F-34 benefit of employees, and other parties, may be considered related parties. The following presents a summary of related-party loan activity as of the dates noted (in thousands): Balance, beginning of year Funded loans Payments collected Changes in related parties Balance, end of year December 31, 2019 $ December 31, 2018 2,659 $ 9,118 (8,579) — 3,198 $ 14,077 1,466 (9,386) (3,498) 2,659 $ Deposits from related parties held by the Bank at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 totaled $28.5 million and $36.7 million, respectively. The Company leases office spaces from entities controlled by one of the Company’s board members. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of expense related to these leases. The Company earned trust and investment management fees of $0.2 million and $0.1 million from related parties during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Assets under management for those related parties totaled $137.1 million and $89.3 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Effective July 23, 2018, the Company redeemed its subordinated notes due 2020. A director of the Company was a subscription holder of such notes. Upon redemption, the Company incurred a principal and interest payment of $0.1 million. The Company had a note receivable from a former executive officer of $2.1 million and as of December 31, 2018, the former executive officer is no longer a related party. The note receivable from the former executive officer was reclassified from Promissory notes from related parties to the Loans, net line item on the consolidated balance sheet, during the year ended December 31, 2018. NOTE 17 - FAIR VALUE Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values: Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date. Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. There were no transfers between levels during 2019 or 2018. The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value: Investment Securities: The fair values for investment securities are determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3). F-35 Interest Rate Locks and Forward Delivery Commitments: Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date the commitment related to the loan is locked. The fair value estimate is based on valuation models using market data from secondary market loan sales and direct contacts with third party investors as of the measurement date (Level 3). Derivative instruments are carried at fair value in the Company’s financial statements. Changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument are accounted for within the consolidated statements of income. The following presents assets measured on a recurring basis at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (in thousands): December 31, 2019 Investment securities available-for-sale: U.S. Treasury debt GNMA FNMA Corporate CMO and MBS Total securities available-for-sale Equity securities Interest rate lock and forward delivery commitments $ $ $ Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Reported Balance $ 254 $ — — — 254 $ 713 $ — $ — $ 45,312 2,917 10,420 58,649 $ — $ 1,184 $ — $ — — — — $ — $ — $ 254 45,312 2,917 10,420 58,903 713 1,184 December 31, 2018 Investment securities available-for-sale: Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Reported Balance U.S. Treasury debt GNMA FNMA Securities issued by U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies $ Corporate CMO and MBS Total securities available-for-sale Equity securities Interest rate lock and forward delivery commitments 250 $ — $ — — — — 34,002 3,870 4,302 1,271 $ $ $ 250 $ 693 $ — $ 43,445 $ — $ 890 $ — $ — — 250 34,002 3,870 — — — $ — $ — $ 4,302 1,271 43,695 693 890 Mutual funds and U.S. Treasury debt are reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 inputs. The remaining portfolio of securities are reported at fair value with Level 2 inputs provided by a pricing service. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the majority of the securities had credit support provided by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, GNMA, the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Small Business Administration. Factors used to value the securities by the pricing service include: benchmark yields, reported trades, interest spreads, prepayments, and other market research. In addition, ratings and collateral quality are considered. Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. They are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals which are updated no less frequently than on an annual basis. Appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process F-36 by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments can be significant and typically result in Level 3 classifications of the inputs for determining fair value. Other real estate owned is evaluated annually for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly. Impaired Loans: The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments can be significant and typically result in Level 3 classifications of the inputs for determining fair value. Impaired loans are evaluated monthly for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly. Appraisals for both collateral-dependent impaired loans and other real estate owned are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company. Once received, the Company reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal as well as the overall resulting fair value in comparison with independent data sources such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics. The following presents assets measured on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (in thousands): December 31, 2019 Other real estate owned: Commercial properties Total impaired loans: Commercial and industrial December 31, 2018 Other real estate owned: Commercial properties Total impaired loans: Commercial and industrial Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Reported Balance $ — $ — $ 658 $ 658 $ — $ — $ 3,579 $ 3,579 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Reported Balance $ — $ — $ 658 $ 658 $ — $ — $ 795 $ 795 The sales comparison approach was utilized for estimating the fair value of non-recurring assets. At December 31, 2019, other real estate owned remained unchanged from December 31, 2018 and had a carrying amount of $0.7 million, which is the cost basis of $2.4 million net of a valuation allowance of $1.7 million. At December 31, 2019, total impaired loans measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans had carrying values of $4.4 million with valuation allowances of $0.8 million and were classified as Level 3. As of December 31, 2018, impaired loans measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans had carrying values of $1.7 million with valuation allowances of $0.9 million and were classified as Level 3. F-37 Impaired loans accounted for specific reserves of $0.8 million and $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. The Bank charged off $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 from the specific reserve. During the year ended December 31, 2018 no charge offs occurred affecting the provision. For Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows (in thousands): Other real estate owned: Commercial properties Total impaired loans: Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019 Fair Value Valuation Technique Significant Unobservable Input Range (Weighted Average) $ 658 Appraisal Value Discount Commission and Cost to Sell 50% (50%) 1% - 10% (7%) Commercial and industrial $ 3,579 Sales comparison, Market Approach - Guideline Transaction Method Management discount for asset/property type 0% - 50% (23%) Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2018 Fair Value Valuation Technique Significant Unobservable Input Range (Weighted Average) Other real estate owned: Commercial properties Total impaired loans: Commercial and industrial $ $ 658 Appraisal Value Discount Commission and Cost to Sell 50% (50%) 1% - 10% (7%) 795 Discounted Cash Flow Discount Rate 9% (9%) F-38 The following presents carrying amounts and estimated fair values for financial instruments as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (in thousands): December 31, 2019 Assets: Cash and cash equivalents Securities available-for-sale Loans, net Mortgage loans held for sale Accrued interest receivable Other assets Liabilities: Deposits Borrowings: FHLB Topeka Borrowings – fixed rate 2016 subordinated notes – fixed-to-floating rate Accrued interest payable December 31, 2018 Assets: Cash and cash equivalents Securities available-for-sale Loans, net Mortgage loans held for sale Accrued interest receivable Other assets Liabilities: Deposits Borrowings: Carrying Amount Fair Value Measurements Using: Level 2 Level 1 Level 3 $ 78,638 $ 58,903 990,132 48,312 3,048 713 78,638 $ 254 — — — 713 — $ 58,649 — 48,312 3,048 — — — 974,142 — — — $ 1,086,784 $ — $ 1,089,261 $ — 10,000 6,560 299 Carrying Amount — — — 10,003 — 299 — 6,004 — Fair Value Measurements Using: Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 $ 73,357 $ 43,695 886,515 14,832 2,844 693 73,357 $ 250 — — — 693 — $ 43,445 — 14,832 2,844 — — — 868,828 — — — $ 937,758 $ — $ 940,039 $ — FHLB Topeka Borrowings – fixed rate 2016 subordinated notes – fixed-to-floating rate Accrued interest payable 15,000 6,560 231 — — — 14,833 — 231 — 6,434 — The fair value estimates presented and discussed above are based on pertinent information available to management as of the dates specified. The estimated fair value amounts are based on the exit price. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair values, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these consolidated financial statements since the balance sheet dates. Therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein. The methods and assumptions, not previously presented, used to estimate fair values are described as follows. Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash: The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash approximate fair values as maturities are less than 90 days and balances are generally in accounts bearing current market interest rates. Loans, net: The fair values for all fixed-rate and variable-rate performing loans were estimated using the income approach and by discounting the projected cash flows of such loans. Principal and interest cash flows were projected based on the contractual terms of the loans, including maturity, contractual amortization and adjustments for prepayments and expected losses, where appropriate. A discount rate was developed based on the relative risk of the cash flows, taking into account the loan type, maturity and a required return on capital. Mortgage Loans Held for Sale: The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is estimated based upon binding contracts and quotes from third party investors resulting in a Level 2 classification. F-39 Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable: The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. Deposits: The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and noninterest checking, passbook savings, and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting dates. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits. Borrowings: Variable Rate Borrowings: The carrying amounts of borrowings with variable rates approximate their fair values since the interest rates change to reflect current market borrowing rates for similar instruments and borrowers with similar credit ratings. Fixed Rate Borrowings: Borrowings with fixed rates are valued using inputs such as discounted cash flows and current interest rates for similar instruments and borrowers with similar credit ratings. NOTE 18 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE During the year ended December 31, 2019, Company was actively seeking to sell its Los Angeles-based fixed income portfolio management team and certain advisory and sub-advisory arrangements. Management will continue to evaluate opportunities to divest the Los Angeles-based fixed income portfolio management team and therefore these assets and liabilities are classified as a disposal group held for sale and are presented separately in the consolidated balance sheet. Intangible assets and other liabilities in disposal groups held for sale, all of which are included in the Capital Management segment, are as follows at the dates noted (in thousands): ASSETS Goodwill Assets in disposal groups held for sale LIABILITIES Other liabilities Liabilities in disposal groups held for sale NOTE 19 - SEGMENT REPORTING December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 $ $ $ $ 3,553 3,553 117 117 $ $ $ $ — — — — The Company’s reportable segments consist of Wealth Management, Capital Management, and Mortgage. The chief operating decision maker ("CODM") is the Chief Executive Officer. The measure of profit or loss used by the CODM to identify and measure the Company’s reportable segments is income before income tax. The Wealth Management segment consists of operations relative to the Company’s fully integrated wealth management products and services. Services provided include deposit, loan, insurance, and trust and investment management advisory products and services. The Capital Management segment consists of operations relative to the Company’s institutional investment management services over proprietary fixed income, high yield, and equity strategies, including acting as the advisor of three owned, managed, and rated mutual funds. Capital management products and services are financial in nature for which revenues are generally based on a percentage of assets under management or paid premiums. F-40 The Mortgage segment consists of operations relative to the Company’s residential mortgage service offerings. Mortgage products and services are financial in nature for which premiums are recognized, net of expenses, upon the sale of mortgage loans to third parties. The tables below present the financial information for each segment that is specifically identifiable or based on allocations using internal methods for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands): Year Ended December 31, 2019 Income Statement Total interest income Total interest expense Provision for loan losses Net interest income Non-interest income Total income Depreciation and amortization expense All other non-interest expense Income (loss) before income tax Wealth Management Capital Management Mortgage Consolidated $ $ $ 45,051 $ 12,990 662 31,399 18,748 50,147 1,183 41,285 7,679 $ 15,994 $ — $ 1,195,679 $ — $ — — — 3,154 3,154 270 4,411 (1) (1,527) $ — $ — — — 10,675 10,675 218 6,417 4,040 $ 45,051 12,990 662 31,399 32,577 63,976 1,671 52,113 10,192 3,692 $ 3,553 8,941 $ — $ — 19,686 3,553 47,062 $ 1,251,682 Goodwill Intangibles held for sale Total assets _________________________________________________ (1) Includes goodwill impairment charge of $1.6 million. Year Ended December 31, 2018 Income Statement Total interest income Total interest expense Provision for loan losses Net interest income Non-interest income Total income Depreciation and amortization expense All other non-interest expense Income (loss) before income tax Goodwill Total assets Wealth Management Capital Management Mortgage Consolidated $ $ 38,796 $ 8,172 180 30,444 19,196 49,640 1,283 38,955 9,402 $ — $ — — — 3,350 3,350 524 3,564 (738) $ — $ — — — 4,627 4,627 415 5,454 (1,242) $ 38,796 8,172 180 30,444 27,173 57,617 2,222 47,973 7,422 $ 15,994 $ $ 1,059,557 $ 8,817 $ 9,935 $ — $ 24,811 14,832 $ 1,084,324 F-41 NOTE 20 – CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY The tables below present condensed financial statements pertaining only to FWFI (in thousands). Investments in subsidiaries are stated using the equity method of accounting. $ $ $ December 31, 2019 2018 9,301 $ 122,792 2,091 597 134,781 $ 9,669 110,675 2,091 1,081 123,516 6,560 $ 543 7,103 6,560 81 6,641 127,678 134,781 $ 116,875 123,516 $ Year Ended December 31, 2018 2019 $ 93 $ 178 476 267 743 (650) 49 (601) 8,610 8,009 $ 791 173 964 (786) 101 (685) 6,332 5,647 Condensed Balance Sheets ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents Investment in subsidiaries Loans, net Other assets Total assets LIABILITIES Subordinated notes Other liabilities Total liabilities SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Total shareholders’ equity Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity Condensed Statements of Income Income Interest income Expense Interest expense Non-interest expense Total expense Loss before income tax and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries Income tax benefit Loss before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries Equity in undistributed income to subsidiaries Net income $ F-42 Condensed Statements of Cash Flows Cash flows from operating activities Net income Adjustments: Deferred income tax expense Stock-based compensation Undistributed equity in subsidiaries Change in other assets Change in other liabilities Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Investment in subsidiaries Payments received on promissory notes from related parties Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Repurchase of common stock Settlement of restricted stock Payment on redemption of subordinated notes Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net Redemption of preferred stock Series A-C Redemption of convertible preferred stock Series D Redemption costs Dividends paid on preferred stock Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities Net change in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents, end of year Supplemental cash flow information: Interest paid on borrowed funds Supplemental noncash disclosures: Reclass of promissory note to loans NOTE 21 – OTHER NON-INTEREST EXPENSE Year Ended December 31, 2018 2019 $ 8,009 $ 5,647 282 2,291 (8,610) 665 — 2,637 (2,152) — (2,152) (743) (110) — — — — — — (853) (368) 9,669 9,301 $ 911 1,857 (6,332) 369 (3,183) (731) (1,284) 3,701 2,417 — (181) (6,875) 34,450 (20,783) (4,054) (131) (1,378) 1,048 2,734 6,935 9,669 476 $ 791 — $ 2,091 $ $ $ Other non-interest expense as shown in the consolidated statements of income is detailed in the following schedule to the extent the components exceed one percent of the aggregate of total interest income and other non-interest income (in thousands). Other non-interest expense Corporate development and related Loan and deposit related Office supplies and deliveries Other Total other non-interest expense Year Ended December 31, 2018 2019 1,468 $ 729 223 197 2,617 $ 1,249 717 209 196 2,371 $ $ NOTE 22 - REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated F-43 financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification is also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators regarding components, risk weightings and other factors. The final rules implementing Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s capital guidelines for U.S. banks ("Basel III rules") became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015 with full compliance with all of the requirements being phased in over a multi-year schedule, and fully phased in by January 1, 2019. The net unrealized gain or loss on available-for-sale securities is not included in computing regulatory capital. Prompt corrective action regulations for the Bank provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required. The standard ratios established by the Bank’s primary regulators to measure capital require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios, set forth in the following table. These ratios are common equity Tier 1 capital ("CET 1"), Tier 1 capital and total capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Actual capital ratios of the Bank, along with the applicable regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2019, which were calculated in accordance with the requirements of Basel III, became effective January 1, 2015. The final rules of Basel III also established a "capital conservation buffer" of 2.5% above new regulatory minimum capital ratios, and when fully effective in 2019, will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a CET 1 ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement began phasing in, in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. Banks are subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such activities. At December 31, 2019, required ratios including the capital conservation buffer were (i) CET 1 of 6.375%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.875%; and (iii) a total capital ratio of 9.875%. As of December 31, 2019, the most recent filings with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory guidelines. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum CET 1 risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, total risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. Management believes there are no conditions or events since December 31, 2019 that have changed the categorization of the Bank as well capitalized. Management believes the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. F-44 The following presents the actual and required capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (in thousands): December 31, 2019 Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets Bank Consolidated Common Equity Tier 1(CET1) to risk-weighted assets Bank Consolidated Total capital to risk-weighted assets Bank Consolidated Tier 1 capital to average assets Bank Consolidated December 31, 2018 Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets Bank Consolidated Common Equity Tier 1(CET1) to risk-weighted assets Bank Consolidated Total capital to risk-weighted assets Bank Consolidated Tier 1 capital to average assets Bank Consolidated NOTE 23 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS Actual Required for Capital Adequacy Purposes To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Regulations Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio $ 99,461 105,821 10.67 % $ 55,954 N/A 11.31 6.0 % $ 74,606 N/A N/A 8.0 % N/A 99,461 105,821 10.67 11.31 41,966 N/A 4.5 N/A 60,617 N/A 6.5 N/A 107,509 120,429 11.53 12.87 74,606 N/A 8.0 N/A 93,257 N/A 10.0 N/A 99,461 105,821 8.09 8.58 49,166 N/A 4.0 N/A 61,458 N/A 5.0 N/A Actual Required for Capital Adequacy Purposes To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Regulations Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio $ 87,291 94,335 10.55 % $ 49,653 N/A 11.35 6.0 % $ 66,204 N/A N/A 8.0 % N/A 87,291 94,335 10.55 11.35 37,240 N/A 4.5 N/A 53,791 N/A 6.5 N/A 94,906 108,510 11.47 13.06 66,204 N/A 8.0 N/A 82,755 N/A 10.0 N/A 87,291 94,335 8.63 9.28 40,459 N/A 4.0 N/A 50,574 N/A 5.0 N/A On February 10, 2020, the Company entered into a branch purchase and assumption agreement with Simmons Bank (“Simmons”), pursuant to which the Company will acquire all of Simmons’ Colorado locations, including three Simmons branches and one loan production office located in metro Denver, as well as certain of Simmons’ deposits and loans and other assets. As of December 31, 2019, the combined deposit and loan balances of the branches to be acquired (excluding certain deposits and loans not included in the transaction) were approximately $58 million and $105 million, respectively. Closing of the transaction is expected in the second or third quarter of 2020 and is subject to certain closing conditions, including customary regulatory approvals. ***** F-45 Item 9: Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure None. Item 9A: Controls and Procedures Evaluation of Internal Control over Financial Reporting Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). The Company’s internal control system is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance GAAP. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. As of December 31, 2019, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission in 2013. Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm due to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for an Emerging Growth Company. Disclosure Controls and Procedures The Company’s management, including our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President and our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, have evaluated the effectiveness of our "disclosure controls and procedures" (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act of 1934, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President and our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by the Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President and our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2019, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The design of any system of controls and procedures is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events. There can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote. Item 9B. Other Information None. 85 Item 10: Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance PART III The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from our Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, or the 2020 Proxy Statement, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive officers. The full text of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on the investor relations page of our website which is located https://myfw.gcs-web.com/investor-relations. We will post any amendments to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website. Item 11: Executive Compensation The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from the 2020 Proxy Statement, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. Item 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from the 2020 Proxy Statement, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. Information relating to securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is included in Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under "Item 5 – Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities." Item 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from the 2020 Proxy Statement, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. Item 14: Principal Accounting Fees and Services The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from the 2020 Proxy Statement, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. 86 PART IV Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules (a) (1) Financial Statements See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 84 (2) Financial Statement Schedules All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are either not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8. (b) (3) Exhibits The exhibits are filed as part of this report and exhibits incorporated by reference to other documents are as follows: Exhibit No. Description 3.1 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 3, 2018, File No. 333-225719) 3.2 Amended and Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 3, 2018, File No. 333-225719) 4.1 Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S- 1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719) 4.2 4.3 Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of the registrant and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K. The registrant hereby undertakes to furnish to the SEC, upon request, copies of any such instruments. Form of Note Purchase Agreement for 7.25% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due 2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719) 4.4* Description of Registrant’s Securities 10.1† First Western Financial, Inc. 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719) 10.2† First Western Financial, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719) 10.3† Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2017, between Scott Wylie and First Western Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719) 10.4† Amendment to Employment Agreement dated January 30, 2020 by and between First Western Financial, Inc. and Scott Wylie (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 30, 2020, File No. 001-38595) 10.5† Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 5, 2018, between Julie Courkamp and First Western Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719) 87 10.6† Amended Employment Agreement dated May 2, 2019, by and between First Western Financial, Inc. and Julie Courkamp (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 8, 2019, File No. 001-38595) 10.7† Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated January 30, 2020 by and between First Western Financial, Inc. and Julie Courkamp (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8- K filed with the SEC on January 30, 2020, File No. 001-38595) 10.8 Business Loan Agreement, dated October 31, 2009, between First Western Financial, Inc., as borrower, and BMO Harris Bank N.A. (successor by merger to M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank), as lender, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719) 10.9 Ninth Amendment to Business Loan Agreement, dated March 18, 2019, by and between First Western Financial, Inc., and BMO Harris Bank N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 22, 2019, File No. 001-38595) 10.10 Tenth Amendment to Business Loan Agreement, dated June 30, 2019, by and between First Western Financial, Inc., and BMO Harris Bank N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 30, 2019, File No. 001-38595) 10.11 Third Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated June 30, 2019, by and between First Western Financial, Inc., and BMO Harris Bank N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 30, 2019, File No. 001-38595) 10.12 10.13† Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 18, 2017, among EMC Holdings, LLC, WHMC, LLC, Alan Schrum and First Western Trust Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719) Form of Indemnification Agreement between First Western Financial, Inc. and its directors and certain officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719) 10.14† First Western Financial, Inc. NEO Discretionary Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719) 21.1* Subsidiaries of First Western Financial, Inc. 23.1* Consent of Crowe LLP 24.1* Powers of attorney (included on signature page to the Annual Report on Form 10-K) 31.1* Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 31.2* Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 32.1** Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 32.2** Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 88 101.INS* XBRL Instance Document. 101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. 101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 101.DEF* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. 101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. 101.PRE* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. * Filed herewith. ** These exhibits are furnished herewith and shall not be deemed "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. † Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan. Item 16. Form 10-K Summary None. SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. March 12, 2020 Date First Western Financial, Inc. By: /s/ Scott C. Wylie Scott C. Wylie Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Scott C. Wylie and Julie A. Courkamp, with full power to act without the other, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full and several powers of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully as to all intents and purposes as each of the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Signature Title Date /s/ Scott C. Wylie Scott C. Wylie /s/ Julie A. Courkamp Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President (principal executive officer) March 12, 2020 Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (principal financial and accounting officer) March 12, 2020 89 Julie A. Courkamp /s/ Julie A. Caponi Julie A. Caponi /s/ David R. Duncan David R. Duncan /s/ Thomas A. Gart Thomas A. Gart /s/ Patrick H. Hamill Patrick H. Hamill /s/ Luke A. Latimer Luke A. Latimer /s/ Eric D. Sipf Eric D. Sipf /s/ Mark L. Smith Mark L. Smith /s/ Scott C. Wylie Scott C. Wylie /s/ Joseph C. Zimlich Joseph C. Zimlich Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director March 12, 2020 March 12, 2020 March 12, 2020 March 12, 2020 March 12, 2020 March 12, 2020 March 12, 2020 March 12, 2020 March 12, 2020 90 1900 16th Street, Suite 1200 Denver, Colorado 80202 www.myfw.com
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above